SUN MICROSYSTEMS INC
10-K, 1997-09-26
ELECTRONIC COMPUTERS
Previous: DIONEX CORP /DE, 10-K405, 1997-09-26
Next: CARLYLE REAL ESTATE LTD PARTNERSHIP XIII, 8-K, 1997-09-26




                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

                                    FORM 10-K

                         -------------------------------
(Mark One)
[X] ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT
    Of 1934 [FEE REQUIRED]

                     For the fiscal year ended June 30, 1997

[ ] TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE
    ACT OF 1934 [NO FEE REQUIRED]

       For the transition period from ________________ to _______________

                         Commission file number: 0-15086
                             SUN MICROSYSTEMS, INC.
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

                     --------------------------------------

        Delaware                                         94-2805249
 (State of incorporation)                             (I.R.S. Employer
                                                      Identification No.)

    901 San Antonio Road                              (650)-960-1300
    Palo Alto, CA 94303
(Address of principal executive                  (Registrant's telephone number,
  offices, including zip code)                       including area code)

                         ------------------------------

              Securities pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: None
          Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
                                  Common Stock
                          Common Share Purchase Rights

                         ------------------------------

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required
to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during
the  preceding 12 months (or for such  shorter  period that the  registrant  was
required  to file  such  reports),  and  (2) has  been  subject  to such  filing
requirements for the past 90 days. YES X NO

         Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent  filers  pursuant to
Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained  herein,  and will not be contained,
to the best of the  Registrant's  knowledge,  in definitive proxy or information
statements  incorporated  by  reference  on Part  III of this  Form  10-K or any
amendment to this Form 10-K [ ].

         The aggregate  market value of the voting stock held by  non-affiliates
of the Registrant,  as of September 16, 1997, was approximately  $21,833,000,000
based upon the last sale  price  reported  for such date on the Nasdaq  National
Market System.  For purposes of this disclosure,  shares of Common Stock held by
persons  who hold more  than 5% of the  outstanding  shares of Common  Stock and
shares held by officers  and  directors  of the  Registrant  have been  excluded
because such persons may be deemed to be affiliates.  This  determination is not
necessarily conclusive.

         The number of shares of the Registrant's Common Stock outstanding as of
September  16,  1997 was  429,685,824.  

                    ----------------------------------------

                      DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

         Parts of the Annual  Report to  Stockholders  for the fiscal year ended
June 30, 1997 are incorporated by reference into Items 1,5,6,7,8 and 14 hereof.

      Parts of the Proxy  Statement for the 1997 Annual Meeting of  Stockholders
are incorporated by reference into Items 10, 11, 12 and 13 hereof.

                                       1
<PAGE>


                                     PART I
ITEM 1. BUSINESS

General

     Sun  Microsystems(TM),  Inc.  ("Sun (TM) " or the  "Company")  is a leading
supplier of enterprise  network  computing  products  including desktop systems,
servers, storage subsystems, network switches, software, microprocessors,  and a
full range of services and support.  Sun's products command a significant  share
of a rapidly  growing  segment of the  computer  industry:  networked  computing
environments.  The Company's products are used for many demanding commercial and
technical applications in various industries. Sun has differentiated itself from
its  competitors  by its  commitment  to the  network  computing  model  and the
UNIX(TM)   operating   system,   its  rapid  innovation  and  its  open  systems
architecture.

     Sun conducts its business through various operating  entities and divisions
organized  around the Company's  principal areas of added value.  The individual
businesses generally operate  independently within their charters,  but with the
common corporate strategic vision of being a leading force in network computing.
Sun believes this  organizational  structure allows it to more efficiently focus
on its customers and the products, channels and markets necessary to serve them.
The  Company  continually  evaluates  the  effectiveness  of its  organizational
structure.  As a result of its  evaluation,  the Company at any time may create,
merge or discontinue  various  business  units to increase  customer and product
focus. Sun's primary operating businesses are as follows:

     Sun   Microsystems   Computer   Company(TM)   ("SMCC")   -  SMCC   designs,
manufactures,  and sells  desktop  systems,  a broad range of  servers,  storage
subsystems,   and  network  switches,   incorporating  the  Scaleable  Processor
Architecture  ("SPARC")  microprocessors  and the Solaris software  environment,
licensed by SunSoft, Inc. to SMCC.

     SunService(TM)   Division   ("SunService")   -  A  leading   UNIX   service
organization,   SunService   provides  a  wide  range  of  global  services  for
heterogeneous   network  computing   environments,   including  system  support,
education,  information  technology (IT) consulting,  systems  integration,  and
system/network management.

     SunSoft(TM),  Inc.  ("SunSoft") - SunSoft develops,  markets,  supplies and
supports Solaris (TM), a leading UNIX operating system software  environment for
enterprise-wide  distributed  computing  on SPARC  and other  volume  platforms,
Solstice(TM),  a complete enterprise-wide management solution, and WorkShop(TM),
a set of visual  development  tools to quickly and easily  create  multiplatform
applications for the Internet. SunSoft also offers software products for network
management and PC desktop integration.

     Sun Microelectronics(TM) ("SME")- SME designs and develops high performance
SPARC and Java microprocessors,  as well as enabling technologies,  for SMCC and
third party customers.

     JavaSoft(TM)  -  JavaSoft  develops,  markets  and  supports  the  Java(TM)
software  technology and products based on this  technology.  JavaSoft  develops
applications,  tools,  and  systems  platforms  to  further  enhance  Java  as a
programming  standard for complex  networks  such as the Internet and  corporate
intranets.

     Sun's network computing model and its hardware and software implementations
have attracted and  encouraged a large number of software  vendors to port their
applications  to Sun  platforms,  including an  increasing  number of vendors of
commercial applications.  The availability of such third-party software provides
Sun and its customers with  competitive  advantage and strengthens the Company's
presence in network computing.

- --------------------------
Sun, the Sun Logo, Sun Microsystems,  SunSoft, SunService, Sun Microelectronics,
JavaSoft,Ultra,  Enterprise,  NEO ,NFS, Joe, Solaris, Solstice, Netra, SolarNet,
SunNet Manager, SunSoft Workshop, Sun FORTRAN, Sun Ada, Sunergy,  Gigaplane - XB
and  SunSpectrum are  trademarks,  registered  trademarks or servicemarks of Sun
Microsystems,  Inc.  in  the  United  States  and  other  countries.  All  SPARC
trademarks,  including  the SCD Compliant  logo,  are used under license and are
trademarks or registered  trademarks of SPARC International,  Inc. in the United
States and other countries.  Products bearing SPARC trademarks are based upon an
architecture developed by Sun Microsystems,  Inc. UNIX is a registered trademark
in  the  United  States  and  other  countries,   exclusively  licensed  through
X/OpenCompany Ltd.

                                       2
<PAGE>

Products

     Sun believes that customers  increasingly  demand computer  systems that do
not  limit  them to any one  vendor's  proprietary  technology.  To  respond  to
customer needs, Sun has been a proponent of the open systems strategy. This open
systems   strategy  offers  users  and  software   developers  the  benefits  of
compatibility, interoperability,  portability, upgradeability and scalability in
products. Sun's open systems architecture protects existing customer investments
while providing  customers with new,  innovative  technology to allow them to be
competitive in their own markets.

  Systems

     The Company offers a full line of workstations from low-cost  SPARCstations
to high-performance color graphics systems.

     The  current   desktop   workstation   line   includes  the  low-end  color
SPARCstation(TM)  5, and the high  performance  Ultra(TM) series of uniprocessor
and multiprocessor systems.

     The SPARCstation 5 is an accelerated graphics workstation and is one of the
industry's  lowest priced 24-bit color systems.  Based on the 170 MHz microSPARC
II processor,  this workstation is designed for customers seeking  expandability
and fast application performance.

      The  Ultra  series  of  workstations  offers  a  combination  of  high-end
workstation  performance and functionality at a competitive price.  Available in
both uniprocessor and multiprocessor  versions, the Ultra series achieves higher
performance  from the use of  UltraSPARC  (TM)  processors  running at speeds of
143mhz to 300mhz, as well as high performance  motherboards and ASICs.  Designed
for users needing more  specialized  graphics  power,  the Ultra series features
leading edge graphics and networking  integrated at the central  processing unit
(CPU)  level, in  addition  to  advanced  Creator  3D  graphics  and  networking
capabilities as add-on functionality.

     The  Company  offers  a wide  range  of  servers  from  the  low-end  Ultra
Enterprise(TM)  1  Server  to  the  Ultra  Enterprise  10000  Server,  a  highly
scaleable, reliable, enterprise-wide symmetric multiprocessor server.

     The low-end  servers also include the  multiprocessing  Ultra  Enterprise 2
Server and the highly  reliable  Enterprise 150 workgroup  tower server with an
integrated  storage  subsystem.  The Company's  low-end servers are designed for
high performance,  exceptional throughput,  reliability and affordability. Ideal
applications   include  database,   groupware,   email,  and   internet/intranet
capabilities.  They can also function as computational servers for electrical or
mechanical design automation.  These systems are highly  expandable,  offering a
range of main memory and storage configurations.

     For enterprises,  Sun offers its new Ultra Enterprise  Server family.  This
includes the Enterprise 10000 server which scales to 64 processors.

     Sun's  Ultra   Enterprise   Server   family   offers   upgradeability   and
expandability  across this product line.  The entry level  Enterprise  3000 is a
powerful,  scaleable,  versatile,  upgradeable and affordable  departmental UNIX
server in a compact package.  The Enterprise 3000 is expandable up to 6 CPUs and
shares  common  CPU  boards and  peripherals  that can be used  across the Ultra
Enterprise  product  line to provide  flexibility  and  protect  the  customer's
investment.  The Enterprise 4000 is expandable up to 14 processors and is one of
the  most  modular  and  powerful   departmental  servers  offering  outstanding
performance  and the ability to scale system  performance  and capacity as needs
grow. The Enterprise 5000, Sun's entry level datacenter  system is expandable up
to 14 processors and is packaged in a rack  configuration  to enable bundling of
additional storage in a single enclosure.

     The Enterprise  6000 is expandable up to 30 processors and gives  customers
the  ability  to  deploy  large  scale,  mission  critical   applications  in  a
network-based  environment.  It offers the performance and availability required
for mainframe-class, mission critical applications.

     The Enterprise 10000 is the most scaleable SMP system in the product lineup
and incorporates  mainframe features such as dynamic system domains, which allow
for dynamic partitioning of the system, super computer class interconnect called
Gigaplane- XB (TM) which speeds internal data handling,  and a separate  service
processor/console for system monitoring and management.

     The  Company's  Netra(TM)  servers  provide  preconfigured   solutions  for
Internet and intranet  publishing.  Sun also offers the  SPARCstorage(TM)  Array
Model 200 Series,  a high  availability  disk storage  subsystem  utilizing RAID
technology.

                                       3
<PAGE>

System Software

     The system software  environment is a key component for fulfilling customer
needs  around  the  network.   The  Company  continues  to  focus  on  providing
customer-centric  solutions,  including the Solaris  operating  environment with
built-in  networking,  WorkShop  tools for building  network  applications,  and
Solstice software that connects it all together and manages the entire computing
enterprise.  The Company  believes  it derives  competitive  advantage  from the
stability  resulting  from its many years of experience  with  operating  system
software. The Company's principal software products are as follows:

         Solaris  Operating   Environment - Solaris  products  include  desktop,
intranet,  ISP  and  enterprise  operating  environments  for  SPARC  and  Intel
platforms.  Solaris is a fast,  highly reliable,  scaleable and secure operating
environment,  easy to install and use, optimized for Java and supports more than
12,000  applications.   The  Solaris  environment  is  optimized  for  corporate
computing,   intranet/Internet   business   requirements,   powerful  enterprise
databases and high performance technical computing environments.

         Network  Management  Products  -  The  Company's  principal  enterprise
computing  management  solution,  Sun  Network  Management  Products  (Solstice)
provide  a  comprehensive  suite of  system  and  network  management  tools and
applications that give network managers the flexibility of distributed computing
with the control of centralized management for workgroups,  departments,  or the
enterprise - regardless  of the vendors or operating  systems  comprising  their
network.  Solstice  utilizes  distributed  computing  technologies  to scale and
manage global heterogeneous  networks,  such as those in telecommunications  and
financial  services  companies.  Solstice  products such as  Enterprise  Manager
decrease the complexity of managing enterprise-wide networks while significantly
lowering the total cost of operation.

         Sun  Network  Management  Products  are  central to Sun's open  systems
architecture.   These  products  provide   networking   capabilities  that  make
distributed resources easily accessible by PCs, workstations,  servers and other
computing   devices  on  a  single   network.   These  products  also  integrate
heterogeneous  global,  department,  local and  remote  network  resources  into
company-wide  information  systems.  The  Company  is  committed  to  developing
networking  products  that  adhere  to  and  promote  open  industry  networking
standards and technologies in emerging areas such as the Internet and intranet.

     In addition,  Sun Internet Mail Server software helps companies consolidate
their  business  on a single,  scaleable  e-mail  architecture,  enabling  open,
reliable,  and  cost-effective  communication.  Built on Internet  and  industry
standards such as SMTP and MIME, Sun Internet Mail Server offers a single,  open
Internet  alternative  to  proprietary  mail  systems.  Sun Internet Mail Server
provides the  industry's  most complete  implementation  of the latest  Internet
standard,  Internet Message Access Protocol version 4 (IMAP4), for reliable mail
messaging.

         Network   Security   Solutions  -  Sun  provides   businesses   with  a
comprehensive set of modular,  heterogeneous,  and scaleable  security solutions
that include encryption,  authentication,  access control,  and firewall defense
products  needed  to make  use of the  Internet,  intranets  and  extranets,  as
communications and trading channels.

     Developer  Products  - The  Workshop  integrated  development  tool  suites
support Java, C++, C, Sun FORTRAN(TM), Sun ADA(TM), and the Interface Definition
Language (IDL). In addition, Sun offers integrated development  environments for
OpenStep,  PASCAL  and  MicroFocus  COBOL.  Java  Workshop  is  a  powerful  and
streamlined Internet  programming  environment allowing developers to create and
publish  Internet  applications.  Visual  Workshop  for C++  provides  a tightly
integrated visual programming  environment for professional  developers to build
and deploy high-performance  client-server applications.  Internet Workshop also
offers tools for developing  object-oriented,  three-tier networked applications
with Java, C++ and the NEO CORBA-compliant IDL.

         The Java  Developers  Kit enables  developers  to create Java  applets,
which are miniature  applications that run inside a World Wide Web page, as well
as Java applications.

         JavaSoft  Products - The Java Application  Environment  (JAE) is one of
the first  widely  accepted  application  environments  to enable the platform -
independent  development of application  software.  In fiscal 1997, Sun licensed
JAE and JavaOS to over thirty computer and software companies, including several
high volume operating  system vendors.  These vendors plan to integrate JAE into
their operating systems so that  applications  written in Java will run on their
systems.  In addition,  the Company initiated a range of development  activities
during fiscal 1997 to increase the capabilities of the Java language.

                                       4

<PAGE>

Sales, Distribution and Marketing

     Sun maintains a presence in most major markets and sells computer  systems,
software and services to its customers worldwide through a combination of direct
and  indirect  channels.  The Company  also offers  off-the-shelf  software  and
component  products such as CPU chips, ASICs and embedded boards on an OEM basis
to other  hardware  manufacturers,  and  supplies  after-market  and  peripheral
products to its end user installed base,  both directly and through  independent
distributors and resellers.

     In  general,   the  Company's  direct  sales  force  is  compensated  on  a
channel-neutral basis to reduce potential channel conflict with our distribution
partners. Distribution channels include:

         -  a direct sales force selling to selected end-user named accounts and
            numerous indirect channels,

         -  systems integrators,  both government and commercial,  who serve the
            market for large commercial projects requiring substantial analysis,
            design, development, implementation and support of custom solutions;

         -  master  resellers who supply product and provide  product  marketing
            and technical  support services to the Company's smaller Value Added
            Resellers ("VARs");

         -  VARs who  provide  added  value in the  form of  software  packages,
            proprietary software development,  high-end networking  integration,
            vertical   integration,   vertical  industry  expertise,   training,
            installation and support;

         -  OEMs who integrate the  Company's  products with other  hardware and
            software; and

         -  independent  distributors  who primarily  cover markets in which Sun
            does not have a direct presence.

The growth and  management  of the  reseller  channels is very  important to the
future revenues and  profitability of the Company.  Channel partners account for
greater than 50% of Sun's  revenue today and will continue to play a key role in
providing  the value,  service and support  that are critical to Sun's long term
success.

     The Company's direct systems sales force serves  educational  institutions,
software  vendors,  governments,  businesses and other strategic  accounts.  The
Company has  approximately 80 sales and service offices in the United States and
approximately 88 sales and service offices in 40 other  countries.  In addition,
it uses independent  distributors in approximately  150 countries,  sometimes in
concert with other resellers and direct sales operations.

     Revenues from outside the United  States,  including  those from end users,
resellers and distributors, constituted approximately 49% in fiscal 1997 and 50%
of net revenues in fiscal 1996, and 1995. Direct sales made in countries outside
of the  United  States  are  generally  priced  in  local  currencies  and  are,
therefore, subject to currency exchange fluctuations. The net impact of currency
fluctuations on net revenues and operating results cannot be precisely  measured
as the Company's  product mix and pricing  change over time in various  markets,
partially in response to currency movements. To minimize currency exposure gains
and losses,  the Company borrows funds in local currencies,  enters into forward
exchange  contracts,  purchases  foreign  currency  options and promotes natural
hedges by  purchasing  components  and  incurring  expenses in local  currencies
whenever  feasible.  Sun's sales to  overseas  customers  are made under  export
licenses that must be obtained  from the United  States  Department of Commerce.
Protectionist  trade legislation in either the United States or other countries,
such as a change in the current tariff  structures,  export  compliance  laws or
other  trade  policies,  could  adversely  affect  Sun's  ability  to sell or to
manufacture in international  markets. Sales to or through C. Itoh Technoscience
Co. Ltd., Fujitsu, Ltd. and Toshiba Corporation together represent a significant
portion  of Sun's  revenues  in  Japan.  See  Note 9 of  Notes  to  Consolidated
Financial Statements incorporated by reference herein for additional information
concerning sales to foreign customers and industry segments.

     Seasonality   affects  the  Company's   revenues  and  operating   results,
particularly  in the first and third  quarter of each fiscal year.  In addition,
the Company's  operating  expenses are  increasing  as the Company  continues to
expand its operations,  and future operating results will be adversely  affected
if revenues do not increase proportionatly with such increased expense levels.

     The  Company's   marketing   activities  include  advertising  in  computer
publications and the business press, direct mailings to customers and prospects,
televised  programs  and  attendance  at trade shows.

                                       6
<PAGE>

Sun maintains a customer  resource  program,  Sunergy(TM),  which  includes live
interactive  satellite  broadcasts and provides  electronic access to newsletter
and  technical  information.  Sun also sponsors a series of seminars to specific
resellers,   university  customers,  end  users  and  government  customers  and
prospects  designed to familiarize  attendees with the  capabilities  of the Sun
product line.

     Sun's  order  backlog  at June 30,  1997 was  approximately  $378  million,
compared with approximately $522 million at June 30, 1996. Backlog includes only
orders for which a delivery schedule within six months has been specified by the
customer.  Backlog  levels  vary  with  demand,  product  availability  and  the
Company's  delivery  lead times and are subject to  significant  decreases  as a
result of, among other things,  customer order delays, changes or cancellations.
As such,  backlog  levels  are not a  reliable  indicator  of  future  operating
results.

Customer Service and Support

The Company provides expertise in heterogeneous network computing through a full
range of global  services,  including  support  services  (hardware and software
systems support),  educational services (education consulting,  skills migration
and training) and professional services (IT consulting,  systems integration and
system/network management). Sun assists both technical and commercial customers,
supporting more than 700,000 systems in 170 countries, training more than 75,000
students  annually,   and  providing  consulting,   integration  and  operations
assistance to IT organizations worldwide.

In  support  services,  Sun has  increased  field  resources  in direct  service
delivery,  especially  software support  engineers based in solution centers and
field  offices.  Higher  levels of field  resources  are critical to the overall
investments being made in mission-critical  support capability.  This direct Sun
capability  is  complemented  by  third-party  service  providers  who primarily
deliver hardware support  services.  Software support  continues to be primarily
delivered by Sun  software  support  engineers.  Third party  service  providers
provide necessary leverage on critical field resources such as parts inventories
and  staff to meet the  service  requirements  of the  growing  installed  base.
Investments by these  third-party  service  providers in  complementary  support
infrastructure facilitates expansion of geographical coverage without additional
fixed cost investment by the Company.

The  Company  offers a  warranty  for parts and labor on its  hardware  products
generally  for one year  from date of sale and a limited  warranty  on  software
generally for 90 days from date of sale. The Company  maintains and services the
products during the warranty period and on a contractual basis after the initial
product  warranty  has expired.  Post-warranty  support  services are  primarily
offered through a tiered support  offering called  SunSpectrum(TM).  SunSpectrum
offers four levels of differentiated support that package hardware, software and
peripherals  in a single  price  support  service.  Warranty  and  post-warranty
services are provided through 27 solution centers worldwide.

Sun's educational  services offers  comprehensive  skills migration,  enterprise
consulting  and  courseware.  Consultants  can perform  needs  analysis,  skills
assessment  and   migration,   curriculum   design  and  course   customization.
Instructor-led  courseware  addresses the  educational  needs of many  customers
including managers, operators, developers, system administrators, and end-users.
As an alternative to the classroom,  customers may select  self-study  training,
including more than 50 interactive  training  products  geared for all levels of
expertise.

In professional services,  Sun provides the people,  processes and technology to
deliver single  point-of-contact  solutions tailored to meet customer needs. Sun
technical and project  management  experts help customers plan,  implement,  and
manage heterogeneous computing environments. Sun consultants also help design IT
architectures and plan migrations from legacy systems to network  computing.  To
implement  solutions,  integration  experts  help  customers  develop and deploy
distributed computing environments for new applications. To keep the environment
operating at peak  performance,  operations  experts help  customers  manage the
complexity of the  heterogeneous  systems and networks.  In addition,  Sun helps
with all phases of creating and  implementing  internet  solutions.  Investments
have been made in  competencies  in  Internet/Java,  business  applications  and
systems and network management.

Certain  complex  systems  sold by Sun  require a high  level of  implementation
support and  consequently,  the  customer's  acceptance  of such  systems may be
delayed in the event Sun does not provide a  sufficient  level of such  service.
Delays in  customer  acceptance  could  adversely  affect the  future  operating
results of the Company.

Product Development

     The  Company's  research and product  development  programs are intended to
sustain  and  enhance  its  competitive  position  by  incorporating  the latest
worldwide   advances  in  hardware,   software,   graphics,   networking,   data
communications  and storage  technologies.  Sun's product  development 

                                       6
<PAGE>

efforts,  conducted  within each of its  businesses,  are  currently  focused on
enhancing  its  products'   performance  and   price/performance,   as  well  as
reliability,  availability,  and serviceability,  of both the Company's hardware
and  systems  software  for the  Company's  expanding  enterprise  client-server
computing  customer base.  Additionally,  Sun remains focused on system software
platforms   for  Internet  and  intranet   applications,   developing   advanced
workstation and server architectures,  designing application-specific integrated
circuits and software for  networking  and  distributed  computing.  Sun product
development   continues  to  be  committed  to  including  the  high-performance
implementation  of existing  standards  and the  development  of new  technology
standards.

     Sun  conducts  research  and  development   worldwide  principally  through
facilities in the United States,  France,  and Japan.  Research and  development
expenses  were  approximately  $826  million,  $653  million and $563 million in
fiscal 1997, 1996 and 1995,  respectively.  In recent years,  Sun's research and
development efforts have focused increasingly on the Java architecture,  Solaris
software and SPARC  microprocessors.  Sun  believes  that  software  development
provides  and  continues  to provide  significant  competitive  differentiation.
Therefore,  Sun currently  devotes  substantial  resources to the development of
workgroup software,  networking and data communications,  video, graphics,  disk
array, object technology and the software development environment.

     The  development  of high  performance  computer  products is a complex and
uncertain  process  requiring  high  levels  of  innovation  from the  Company's
designers  and  suppliers,   as  well  as  accurate   anticipation  of  customer
requirements and technological trends.

Manufacturing and Supply

     The Company's manufacturing operations consist primarily of printed circuit
board  assembly  and  final  assembly,  test and  quality  control  of  systems,
materials  and  components.  Sun has  manufacturing  facilities  in  California,
Oregon,  England and Scotland,  and distribution  facilities in California,  the
Netherlands  and Japan.  The Company has  continued  its efforts to simplify its
manufacturing process by reducing the diversity of system configurations offered
to customers,  increasing the standardization of components across product types
and establishing local sources of supply in major geographies.

     Sun uses many  standard  parts and  components in its products and believes
there are a number of competent vendors for most parts and components.  However,
a number of important  components  are  developed by and  purchased  from single
sources  due to price,  quality,  technology  or other  considerations.  In some
cases,  those components are available only from single sources.  In particular,
Sun is dependent on Sony Corporation for various monitors and on Fujitsu Limited
(Fujitsu) and Texas Instruments  Incorporated for different  implementations  of
SPARC microprocessors. Certain custom silicon parts are designed by and produced
on a contractual  basis for Sun. The process of  substituting  a new producer of
such parts could  adversely  affect Sun's operating  results.  Some suppliers of
certain components,  including color monitors and custom silicon parts,  require
long lead times such that it can be difficult for the Company to plan  inventory
levels of components to  consistently  meet demand for Sun's  products.  Certain
other components,  especially memory integrated  circuits such as DRAMs,  SRAMs,
and VRAMs,  have from time to time been  subject  to  industry  wide  shortages.
Future shortages of components could negatively  affect the Company's ability to
match supply and demand,  and  therefore  could  adversely  impact the Company's
future operating results.

     The Company is  increasingly  dependent on the ability of its  suppliers to
design,  manufacture  and deliver  advanced  components  required for the timely
introduction  of new products.  The failure of any of these suppliers to deliver
components  on time or in  sufficient  quantities,  or the failure of any of the
Company's  own  designers to develop  advanced  innovative  products on a timely
basis, could result in a significant  adverse impact on the Company's  operating
results. The inability to secure enough components to build products,  including
new products, in the quantities and configurations required, or to produce, test
and  deliver  sufficient  products  to meet  demand  in a timely  manner,  would
adversely affect the company's net revenues and operating results.

     To secure  components for  development,  production and introduction of new
products,  the Company  frequently makes advanced  payments to certain suppliers
and often enters into noncancelable  purchase  commitments with vendors early in
the  design   process.   Due  to  the   variability   of  material   requirement
specifications  during the design  process,  the  Company  must  closely  manage
material purchase commitments and respective delivery schedules. In the event of
a delay or flaw in the design process,  the Company's operating results could be
adversely   affected  due  to  the   company's   obligations   to  fulfill  such
noncancelable  purchase  commitments.  Once a hardware  product is developed the
Company must rapidly bring it to volume  manufacturing,  a process that requires
accurate forecasting of both volumes and configurations,  among other things, in
order to achieve acceptable yields and costs. Upon introduction of new products,
the Company must also manage the transition  from older,  displaced  products to
minimize  disruptions  in customer  ordering  patterns,  reduce  levels of older
product  inventory,  and ensure that  adequate  supplies of new  products can be
delivered to meet 

                                       7
<PAGE>

customer  demand.  The  ability  of the  Company  to match  supply and demand is
further  complicated by the need to take pricing  actions and the variability of
timing of customer orders. As a result, the Company's operating results could be
adversely affected if the Company is not able to correctly  anticipate the level
of demand for the mix of products.  Because the Company is continuously  engaged
in this product development, introduction, and transition process, its operating
results may be subject to considerable  fluctuation,  particularly when measured
on a quarterly basis.

     The  computer  systems  offered  by Sun  generally  are the  result of both
hardware and software  development,  so that delays in software  development can
delay the  Company's  ability to ship new hardware  products.  Adoption of a new
release of an operating system may require effort on the part of the customer as
well as  software  porting by  software  vendors  providing  applications.  As a
result,  the timing of conversion to a new release is inherently  unpredictable.
Moreover,  delays  in  adoption  of a new  release  of an  operating  system  by
customers can limit the acceptability of hardware products tied to that release.
In either  situation,  the  future  operating  results of the  Company  could be
adversely affected.

Competition

     The market for the Company's products and services is intensely competitive
and subject to continuous, rapid technological change, short product life cycles
and frequent product performance  improvements and price reductions.  Due to the
breadth of Sun's  product line and the  scalability  of its products and network
computing  model,  the Company  competes in many segments of the computer market
across a broad spectrum of customers.  The  requirements  of those customers and
the basis of competition varies widely depending on the market segment and types
of users.

     Sun's  traditional  customer base has been in the technical and  scientific
markets.  Competition in this segment is based primarily on system  performance,
price/performance,   availability  and  performance  of  application   software,
robustness of the software  development  environment,  system  expandability and
upgradeability,  adherence to standards,  graphics  features and performance and
product quality and reliability. Increasingly, Sun is finding that its strengths
in technical markets,  particularly software development,  design automation and
decision support,  along with its network computing focus are enabling expansion
into  mission  critical  enterprise  applications.   Sun's  competitors  in  the
technical and  scientific  markets are primarily  Hewlett-Packard  Company (HP),
International Business Machines Corporation (IBM), Digital Equipment Corporation
(DEC) and Silicon Graphics, Inc. (SGI).

     Sun has been making inroads into  commercial  markets both with Global 1000
companies which are downsizing and  distributing  their computer  resources,  as
well  as  with  smaller   companies   which  are  upsizing  and  increasing  the
capabilities of their network computing systems.  Traditionally,  competition in
these markets has been based on price/performance, capabilities and stability of
the systems software, product quality and reliability,  ease of system operation
and  administration,  service  and  support,  availability  and  performance  of
applications  and  middleware,   database  performance,   global  marketing  and
distribution  capabilities,  and  corporate  reputation  and  name  recognition.
Increasingly,  companies which are downsizing  their  operations are focusing on
distributing  their  computing  capabilities  and  adopting  a model of  network
computing.   Companies  which  are  upsizing   typically  are  increasing  their
experience in managing larger heterogeneous  environments.  In addition,  Sun is
continuing  to expand into the Internet and intranet  markets.  As a result,  in
both the upsizing and downsizing competitive scenarios, networking capabilities,
internet  and  intranet  capabilities  and  the  ability  to  obtain  all of the
traditional  security,  stability  and  administrative  features  of  a  central
computing  model  in  a  networked  environment  are  significant  factors  that
influence the buying decision and the relative  strength of the competition.  In
both upsizing and  downsizing  opportunities,  Sun's  competition  tends to come
principally from IBM, HP, and DEC, as well as other mini and mainframe  computer
suppliers.  In addition, the Company is facing increasing competition from these
competitors  as well as from  personal  computer  manufacturers  such as  Compaq
Computer  Corporation  and Dell Computer  Corporation,  with respect to products
based  on  microprocessors  from  Intel  Corporation  coupled  with  Windows  NT
operating system software from Microsoft Corporation. These products demonstrate
the  viability  of  certain  networked  personal  computer  solutions  and  have
increased the competitive  pressure,  particularly in the Company's  workstation
and lower-end server product lines.

     Sun has also  encouraged  the  proliferation  of its SPARC  technology as a
standard in the computer  marketplace  by licensing  much of the  technology and
promoting open interfaces to the Solaris  operating  environment,  as well as by
offering  microprocessors and enabling technologies to third party customers. As
a result, several licensees also offer SPARC/Solaris based products that compete
directly with Sun's products primarily in the desktop markets.

     The  Company  expects  that the markets for its  products,  technology  and
services as well as its competitors within such markets, will continue to change
as the combination of these downsizing and 

                                       8
<PAGE>

upsizing  trends shift customer  buying  patterns to network  centric  employing
multiple platform  networks.  Competition in these markets will also continue to
intensify as Sun and its competitors aggressively position themselves to benefit
from this  shifting  of customer  buying  patterns  and  demand.  The ability to
continue to develop  leading edge products and rapidly bring them to market will
continue to have a significant impact on Sun's competitiveness and its operating
results. In addition,  Sun expects to see continued performance  improvements in
microprocessor  technology and products  introduced by Intel and Motorola,  Inc.
Such products,  coupled with enhanced  operating systems software from Microsoft
and other competitors,  are expected to continue to provide competitive pressure
throughout  the Company's  product range.  The Company  expects this pressure to
continue  to  intensify  in fiscal  1998 with the  availability  of Pentium  Pro
systems running Windows NT server software. While many other technical,  service
and support  capabilities  affect a  customer's  buying  decision,  Sun's future
operating  results  will depend,  in part,  on its ability to compete with these
technologies.

     In order to remain competitive in a rapidly changing industry,  the Company
is  continually  improving  and changing its business  practices,  processes and
information systems. In this regard, the Company has begun to implement a number
of new business  practices  and a series of related  information  systems;  such
activities  are currently  planned to be fully  operational in the first half of
fiscal 1999.  Implementing  a number of new business  practices and  information
systems is a complex  process,  affecting  numerous  operational  and  financial
systems and  processes as well as  requiring  comprehensive  employee  training.
While  the  Company  tests  these  new  systems  and  processes  in  advance  of
implementation,  there are  inherent  limitations  in the  Company's  ability to
simulate a full-scale operating environment in advance of system cutover. To the
extent that the Company  encounters  problems  after  introduction  of these new
systems and practices that prevent or limit their full utilization,  there could
be a material, adverse impact on the Company's results.

Patents and Licenses

     Sun  currently  holds a number of U.S.  and  foreign  patents  relating  to
various aspects of its products and technology.  While the Company believes that
such patent  protection is important,  it also believes that patents are of less
competitive   significance   than  such   factors  as   innovative   skills  and
technological expertise.

     As is common in the  computer  industry,  the Company has from time to time
been notified that it may be infringing  certain patents and other  intellectual
property rights of others, although no material litigation has arisen out of any
of these claims. Several pending claims are in various stages of evaluation. The
Company is evaluating the desirability of entering into licensing  agreements in
certain of these cases. Based on industry practice, the Company believes that in
most  cases  any  necessary  licenses  or  other  rights  could be  obtained  on
commercially  reasonable terms. However, no assurance can be given that licenses
can be obtained  on  acceptable  terms or that  litigation  will not occur.  The
failure to obtain necessary  licenses or other rights, or litigation arising out
of  such  claims,  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  the  Company's
operations.

     Sun has entered into separate  patent  exchange  agreements  with IBM, Cray
Research,  Inc.  (Cray) and  Fujitsu.  Under each  agreement,  the parties  have
granted  to each  other  non-exclusive,  worldwide  rights to  patents  in their
respective patent  portfolios.  These agreements cover patents issued or applied
for  during  certain  limited  periods  as  specified  in  the  agreements.  The
agreements  with Cray and Fujitsu  are  royalty  free.  The  agreement  with IBM
expired at the end of fiscal 1995 and the licenses to the patents  thereunder do
not apply to the patents of IBM or the Company applied for after that date.

     In  March  1990,  Texas  Instruments   Incorporated  (TI)  alleged  that  a
substantial  number of the Company's  products infringe certain of TI's patents.
Based on its discussions  with TI, the Company  believes that it will be able to
negotiate a license  agreement  with TI, if  necessary,  and that the outcome of
this matter will not have a material adverse effect on Sun's financial  position
or its results of  operations  or cash flows in any given  fiscal  year.  Such a
negotiated  license  may or may not  have a  material  adverse  impact  on Sun's
results of operations  or cash flows in a given fiscal  quarter  depending  upon
various  factors  including,  but not  limited to, the  structure  and amount of
royalty payments,  offsetting  consideration from TI, if any, and the allocation
of royalties  between past and future  product  shipments,  none of which can be
forecast with reasonable certainty at this time.

Employees

                                       9
<PAGE>

     As of  June  30,  1997,  Sun  employed  approximately  21,500  people.  The
Company's  future  operating  results  will depend on its ability to continue to
broaden and develop senior  management to attract and retain skilled  employees,
and on the  ability  of its  management  and  key  employees  to  manage  growth
successfully  through the  enhancement  of  management  information  systems and
financial  controls.  The Company  expects to continue to increase its number of
employees to support demand creation programs,  service and support  operations,
and overall projected  growth.  None of Sun's employees in the United States are
represented by a labor union.


                                       10
<PAGE>


ITEM 2.  PROPERTIES

     Sun conducts its worldwide  operations  using a  combination  of leased and
owned  facilities.  The Company  believes that while it currently has sufficient
facilities  to conduct its  operations  during  fiscal 1998, it will continue to
lease  and  acquire  owned  facilities  throughout  the  world  as its  business
requires.  Properties owned by the Company consist of an  approximately  260,000
square foot  facility on  approximately  20 acres in Palo Alto,  California;  an
approximately  227,000  square  foot  facility  on  approximately  30  acres  in
Linlithgow,   Scotland;   an  approximately   30,000  square  foot  facility  on
approximately 2.5 acres in Bagshot,  England;  40 acres in Farnborough  England;
two separate parcels of land in Newark, California of approximately 90 acres and
60 acres, approximately 1,000,000 square feet on approximately 55 acres in Menlo
Park,  California;   approximately  120  acres  in  Broomfield,   Colorado;  and
approximately  158  acres  in  Burlington,  Massachusetts.  Sun  also  plans  on
acquiring  an  approximately  82 acre  site in Santa  Clara,  California  and an
additional  48 acre site in Newark,  California.  The Company has  approved  the
construction of an approximately  525,000 square foot facility on one of its Bay
Area sites,  an  approximately  500,000 square feet facility on its  Broomfield,
Colorado site, an approximately  475,000 square feet facility on its Burlington,
Massachusetts site and approximately 225,000 square foot manufacturing  facility
on one of its Newark,  California  parcels.  Total cost for these facilities are
expected to be approximately $300 to $600 million.  Sun leases approximately 230
sales and  service  offices  throughout  the world  aggregating  about 3 million
square  feet.  Sun also  leases  approximately  3  million  square  feet for its
research and  development  and  manufacturing  facilities,  primary in Milpitas,
Sunnyvale, San Jose and Mountain View, California and Chelmsford, Massachusetts.
Sun's  California   manufacturing  plant,  the  majority  of  its  research  and
development  facilities,  its Corporate headquarters and other critical business
operations are located near major earthquake faults.  Operating results could be
materially adversely impacted in the event of a major earthquake.

ITEM 3.  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

      Not applicable

ITEM 4.  SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

      Not applicable


                                       11
<PAGE>


                      EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT
<TABLE>

     The  following  sets forth  certain  information  regarding  the  executive
officers of the Company as of September 16, 1997:
<CAPTION>

             Name                 Age                             Position
<S>                                <C>   <C>                                                       
Scott G. McNealy                   42    Chairman of the Board of Directors, President and Chief
                                         Executive Officer, Sun Microsystems, Inc.

Kenneth M. Alvares                 53    Vice President, Human Resources, Sun Microsystems, Inc.

Alan E. Baratz                     42    President, JavaSoft

Mel Friedman                       59    Vice President, Worldwide Operations, Sun Microsystems
                                         Computer Company

Lawrence W. Hambly                 51    President, SunService Division

Masood A. Jabbar                   47    Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, Sun Microsystems
                                         Computer Company

Michael E. Lehman                  47    Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, Sun Microsystems,
                                         Inc.

Michael H. Morris                  49    Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary, Sun
                                         Microsystems, Inc.

Alton D. Page                      41    Vice President, Treasurer, Sun Microsystems Inc.

Frank Pinto                        52    Vice President, North American Field Operations, Sun
                                         Microsystems Computer Company

William J. Raduchel                51    Vice President, Corporate Planning and Development and
                                         Chief Information Officer, Sun Microsystems Inc.

George Reyes                       43    Vice President, Corporate Controller, Sun Microsystems,
                                         Inc.

Joseph P. Roebuck                  61    Vice President, Worldwide Field Operations, Sun
                                         Microsystems Computer Company

Edward Saliba                      48    Vice President, Finance and Operations, SunSoft, Inc.

Janpieter T. Scheerder             48    President, SunSoft, Inc.

John C. Shoemaker                  54    Vice President, General Manager Enterprise Servers and
                                         Storage Group, Sun Microsystems Computer Company

Chester J. Silvestri               49    President, Sun Microelectronics

Edward T. Zander                   50    President, Sun Microsystems Computer Company

</TABLE>

     Mr.  McNealy is a founder of the  Company and has served as Chairman of the
Board of Directors,  President and Chief Executive  Officer since December 1984,
as President and Chief Operating Officer from February 1984 to December 1984 and
as Vice President of Operations from February 1982 to February 1984. Mr. McNealy
has  served as a  Director  of the  Company  since the  incorporation  of Sun in
February 1982.

     Mr. Alvares has served as Vice  President,  Human  Resources of the Company
since June  1992.  From 1990 to June 1992,  he served as Vice  President,  Human
Resources,  Nichols Institute. He held various positions at Frito-Lay, Inc. from
1984 to 1990, including Vice President of Personnel from 1987 to 1990.

     Mr. Alan Baratz has served as President,  JavaSoft,  since  February  1996.
From August 1994 to November  1995,  Mr.  Baratz  served as President  and Chief
Executive  Officer of Delphi  Internet  Services  Corp.,  an  Internet  services
provider.  From  July 1993 to July  1994,  Mr.  Baratz  served  as

                                       12
<PAGE>

Director of Strategic Development for IBM Corporation. From January 1991 to June
1993, he served as a Director of High Performance Computing and Communication of
IBM Corporation.

     Mr.  Friedman has served as Vice  President,  Worldwide  Operations  of Sun
Microsystems  Computer Company since April 1996. Prior to such time, since 1989,
Mr.  Friedman served the Company in various  positions  including Vice President
Supply  Management,  Vice  President  California  Operations  and Vice President
Workstations, Servers and Graphics.

     Mr. Hambly has served as President,  SunService, a division of the Company,
since  July  1993.  From July 1991 to July  1993,  he served as Vice  President,
Marketing  of Sun  Microsystems  Computer  Company  (formerly  Sun  Microsystems
Computer  Corporation).  From July 1988 to July 1991,  he served as President of
Sun  Microsystems  Federal,  Inc.  From April  1983 to July  1988,  he served in
various  sales  management  capacities  at the  Company,  most  recently as Vice
President, Western Area Sales.

     Mr. Jabbar has served as Vice President, and Chief Financial Officer of Sun
Microsystems  Computer  Company since June 1994. From July 1992 until June 1994,
Mr.  Jabbar served as Vice  President,  Finance and  Planning,  Worldwide  Field
Operations of Sun Microsystems Computer Company. From July 1991 to June 1992, he
served as Vice  President,  Finance  and  Administration,  United  States  Field
Operations for Sun  Microsystems  Computer Company and from October 1990 to June
1991,  he served as Director,  Finance and  Administration,  United States Field
Operations  for the Company.  From October  1989 to October  1990,  he served as
Director  of United  States  Field  Market for the  Company.  From April 1988 to
October 1989, he served as United  States Sales and Service  Controller  for the
company.  From  December  1986 to April  1988 he  served as  United  States  and
Intercontinental Sales Controller for the Company.

     Mr. Lehman has served as Vice President, and Chief Financial Officer of the
Company since  February  1994.  From June 1990 until  February  1994, Mr. Lehman
served as Vice President and Corporate Controller of the Company. From September
1989 to June 1990 he served as  Director of Finance  and  Administration  of Sun
Microsystems of California Ltd., one of the Company's Hong Kong subsidiaries. He
served as Assistant  Corporate  Controller of the Company from September 1988 to
August 1989 and as External Reporting Manager from August 1987 to August 1988.

     Mr. Morris has served as Vice  President,  General Counsel and Secretary of
the Company since October 1987.

     Mr.  Page has served as Vice  President,  Treasurer  of the  Company  since
February 1996. Prior to that time, Mr. Page was a Partner of Ernst & Young, LLP.

     Mr. Pinto has served as Vice President,  North American Field Operations of
Sun  Microsystems  Computer  Company since July 1995.  From January 1993 to June
1995, Mr. Pinto served as Vice  President,  Northeast Area for Sun  Microsystems
Computer  Company.  From June 1989 to December 1992, he served as Metro Regional
Director of the Company and from  November  1988 to June 1989,  he served as the
Company's District Manager, Northeast Major OEM District.

     Mr.  Raduchel  has  served  as  Vice  President,   Corporate  Planning  and
Development  and Chief  Information  Officer of the Company  since July 1991. In
addition,  from July 1991 to June  1992,  he  served  as Vice  President,  Human
Resources (acting). From June 1989 to July 1991, he served as Vice President and
Chief  Financial  Officer of the Company;  he was also acting Chief  Information
Officer of the Company  from  November  1990 to July 1991.  From October 1988 to
June 1989, he served as Vice President, Corporate Planning and Development. From
1985 to 1988, he served as Vice  President of Document  Systems in the Strategic
Business Office of Xerox Corporation.

     Mr. Reyes has served as Vice  President,  and  Corporate  Controller of the
Company  since April 1994.  From April 1992 to March 1994,  Mr.  Reyes served as
Audit  Director for the Company.  From April 1991 to April 1992, he was Director
of Finance for the Company's ICON  operations.  From June 1989 to April 1991, he
served as Assistant  Controller.  From July 1988 to June 1989, Mr. Reyes was the
Controller of the Company's General Systems Group. From March 1988 to June 1988,
Mr. Reyes served as the Company's Marketing Controller.

     Mr. Roebuck has served as Vice President, Worldwide Field Operations of Sun
Microsystems  Computer  Company  since April 1992.  From  November 1988 to April
1992,  he  served  as  Vice  President,  United  States  Field  Operations,  Sun
Microsystems  Computer Company and from January 1986 to November 1988, he served
as Vice President of Sales for the Company.

     Mr.  Saliba has  served as Vice  President,  Finance  SunSoft,  Inc.  since
February 1996. From May 1994 to February 1996, he served as Finance Director for
Sun Microelectronics. From May 1993 to

                                       13
<PAGE>

May  1994  he  served  as  Finance  Director  of  Worldwide  Operations  for Sun
Microsystems  Computer Company.  From June 1991 to May 1993 he served as Finance
Director for Sun Microsystems  Computer Company Engineering.  From April 1989 to
June 1991 he served as Finance Manager and Director East Coast Operations.

     Mr. Scheerder has served as President, of SunSoft, Inc., since August 1995.
From April 1995 to August 1995, he served as Vice President,  Server Products of
Sun Microsystems  Computer Company. From March 1992 to April 1995, Mr. Scheerder
served as Vice President,  Solaris Products of SunSoft, Inc. From August 1991 to
March 1992, he was Director of Marketing and  Programming  of SunSoft,  Inc. and
from  February  1990 to August 1991, he was Vice  President,  Industry  Standard
System Development at Data General.

     Mr.  Shoemaker has served as Vice President,  General  Manager,  Enterprise
Server and Storage Group,  Sun  Microsystems  Computer Company since April 1996.
From July 1993 to April 1996 he served as Vice President,  Worldwide  Operations
of Sun Microsystems  Computer Company.  From June 1992 to July 1993 he served as
Vice President,  U.S. Operations of Sun Microsystems  Computer Company. From May
1990 to July 1993,  he also  served as Vice  President,  Finance  and  Planning,
Worldwide  Operations  (on an acting  basis since July 1992).  He served as Vice
President (acting),  Materials,  Worldwide  Operations from October 1991 to June
1992.  From  March  1989 to March  1990,  he served as  Senior  Vice  President,
Electronic Printing Worldwide Marketing,  Xerox Corporation.  From December 1986
to March 1989, he served as Vice President and General Manager, Document Systems
Business, Xerox Corporation.

     Mr. Silvestri has served as President, Sun Microelectronics,  a division of
the  Company,  since  February  1994.  From August 1992 to  February  1994,  Mr.
Silvestri  served as Vice  President,  SPARC Sales.  Prior to joining Sun,  from
December 1986 to August 1992, he served as Vice  President and General  Manager,
Technology  Products for MIPS Computer Systems,  Inc., later acquired by Silicon
Graphics Incorporated.

     Mr. Zander has served as President, Sun Microsystems Computer Company since
February  1995.  From July 1991 to February 1995, Mr. Zander served as President
of SunSoft,  Inc. From October 1987 to July 1991, he served as Vice President of
Corporate Marketing of the Company.


                                       14
<PAGE>

                                     PART II

ITEM 5.      MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED
             STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

     The  information  required by this item is incorporated by reference to the
inside back cover of Sun's 1997 Annual Report to Stockholders.  At September 16,
1997 there were 8,521 stockholders of record.

     The  following is a summary of all sales of the  Company's  Common Stock by
the Company's  directors and executive officers who are subject to Section 16 of
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, during the fiscal quarter ended
June 30, 1997:

                                                                  Number of
     Officer                    Date               Price         Shares Sold
     -------                    ----               -----         -----------
Kenneth Alvares                5/16/97            $32.00           15,000
                               5/16/97            $32.1875         15,000
                               5/27/97            $33.93750        10,000
Robert Long                    5/16/97            $31.875          6,338
Scott McNealy                  5/1/97             $28.50           600,000
Frank Pinto                    5/29/97            $33.50           12,000
                               5/29/97            $33.50           8,000
                               5/29/97            $33.50           5,200
                               5/29/97            $33.50           4,800
George Reyes                   5/6/97             $30.375          920
                               5/6/97             $30.375          1,040
                               5/6/97             $30.375          4,800
Edward Saliba                  5/16/97            $31.875          4,800
                               5/16/97            $31.875          4,800
                               5/16/97            $31.875          2,400
                               5/16/97            $31.875          800
                               5/16/97            $31.875          1,840
Janpieter Scheerder            4/22/97            $26.125          12,000
                               5/29/97            $33.375          936
John Shoemaker                 2/10/97            $33.815          8,000
                               2/20/97            $34.065          11,000
                               2/20/97            $34.190          1,000
                               5/23/97            33.57            8,000
Chester Silvestri              1/22/97            $33.375          5,000
                               1/22/97            $33.250          2,000
                               1/22/97            33.13            2,000
                               1/22/97            $33.00           18,000
                               1/22/97            $33.50           5,000
                               1/22/97            $33.00           8,000
                               5/14/97            $32.00           20,000

                                       15
<PAGE>


                                                                  Number of
     Officer                    Date               Price         Shares Sold
     -------                    ----               -----         -----------

Edward Zander                  1/21/97            $32.0625         10,000
                               1/21/97            33.25            6,000
                               1/21/97            $31.95           10,000
                               4/22/97            27               10,000
                               4/23/97            27.5             10,000
                               4/29/97            $28.5625         7,200
                               5/7/97             30.56            10,000
                               5/7/97             $31.00           10,000
                               5/13/97            $30.9375         10,000
                               5/13/97            31.31            20,000





- -------------------

ITEM 6.      SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

     The  information  required by this item is incorporated by reference to the
information included under the caption "Historical Financial Review" on pages 18
and 19 of Sun's 1997 Annual Report to Stockholders.

ITEM 7.      MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
             AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     The  information  required by this item is incorporated by reference to the
information included under the caption "Management's  Discussion and Analysis of
Financial  Condition and Results of  Operations" on pages 20 through 25 of Sun's
1997 Annual Report to Stockholders.

ITEM 8.      FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

     The information required by this item, with the exception of the subsequent
events described here, is incorporated by reference to the information  included
under the captions  "Consolidated  Statements of  Income","Consolidated  Balance
Sheets",  "Consolidated  Statements of Cash Flows",  "Consolidated Statements of
Stockholders' Equity",  "Notes to Consolidated Financial  Statements"and "Report
of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Auditors" on pages 26 through 44 of Sun's 1997
Annual Report to Stockholders.

     During September 1997 the Company  acquired all of the outstanding  capital
stock of  Integrity  Arts,  Inc.  The  transaction  will be  accounted  for as a
purchase  and, on this basis,  the purchase  price will be allocated to tangible
and intangible assets, and in-process research and development.

                                       16
<PAGE>

     On August 22, 1997 the Company  signed a  definitive  agreement to purchase
substantially  all of the assets and certain  liabilities  of Chorus Systems SA,
Chorus  Systems KK and Chorus  Systems,  Inc.  Upon and subject to closing,  the
transaction will be accounted for as a purchase and, on this basis, the purchase
price will be  allocated  to tangible  and  intangible  assets,  and  in-process
research and development. The closing of this acquisition is contingent upon the
completion of various closing conditions

ITEM 9.      CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS
             ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE.

     Not applicable.


                                       17
<PAGE>

                                    PART III

ITEM 10.     DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

     Information regarding directors of the Company is incorporated by reference
from the  information  contained  under the caption  "Election of  Directors" in
Sun's  1997  Proxy   Statement  for  the  Company's   1997  Annual   Meeting  of
Stockholders.  Current  executive  officers  of the  Registrant  found under the
caption  "Executive  Officers  of the  Registrant"  in  Part 1  hereof  is  also
incorporated by reference into this Item 10.

ITEM 11.     EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

     The information required by this item is incorporated by reference from the
information  contained under the caption "Executive  Compensation" in Sun's 1997
Proxy Statement.

ITEM 12.     SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND
             MANAGEMENT

     The information required by this item is incorporated by reference from the
information contained under the caption "Information Concerning Solicitation and
Voting  -  Record  Date and  Outstanding  Shares"  and  "Security  Ownership  of
Management" in Sun's 1997 Proxy Statement.

ITEM 13.     CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

     The information required by this item is incorporated by reference from the
information  contained  under  the  caption  "Executive  Compensation  - Summary
Compensation  Table",  "Certain  Transactions  With  Management" and "Employment
Contracts and Change-In-Control Arrangements" in Sun's 1997 Proxy Statement.


                                       18
<PAGE>

PART IV

ITEM 14.     EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, SCHEDULES AND REPORTS ON
             FORM 8-K

      (a)    The following documents are filed as part of this report:

             1.  Financial  statements that are incorporated herein by reference
                 to the following in Sun's 1997 Annual Report to Stockholders.

                 Consolidated  Statements  of Income for each of the three years
                 in the period ended June 30, 1997 (page 26).

                 Consolidated  Balance  Sheets at June 30,  1997 and 1996  (page
                 27).

                 Consolidated  Statements  of Cash  Flows  for each of the three
                 years in the period ended June 30, 1997 (page 28).

                 Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity for each of the
                 three years in the period ended June 30, 1997 (page 29).

                 Notes to Consolidated  Financial  statements  (pages 30 through
                 43).

                 Report of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Auditors (page 44).

             The  Company's  1997 Annual  Report to  Stockholders  is not deemed
             filed as part of this report  except for those  parts  specifically
             incorporated herein by reference.

             2.  Financial Statement schedule:

                 Page   Schedule     Title
                 --------------------------
                 S-1          II     Valuation and Qualifying Accounts


             All  other   schedules   have  been  omitted   since  the  required
             information is not present or is not present in amounts  sufficient
             to require  submission of the schedule,  or because the information
             required  is  included in the  consolidated  financial  statements,
             including the notes thereto.

                                       19
<PAGE>


3.  Exhibits

    Exhibit
     Number                             Description
     ------                             -----------
                 
3.2(9)           Bylaws  of  Registrant,   as  amended.  3.3(8)  Certificate  of
                 Amendment  of the  Restated  Certificate  of  Incorporation  of
                 Registrant.

3.3(19)          Registrant's  Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation
                 (as amended to date).

4.3(9)           First Amended and Restated Common Shares Rights Agreement dated
                 December 14, 1990,  between  Registrant  and The First National
                 Bank of Boston.

4.4(11)          Amendment dated as of October 28, 1991 to the First Amended and
                 Restated  Common Shares  Rights  Agreement  dated  December 14,
                 1990.

4.5(12)          Second  Amendment  dated  as of  August  5,  1992 to the  First
                 Amended and  Restated  Common  Shares  Rights  Agreement  dated
                 December 14, 1990.

4.6(17)          Third  Amendment  dated as of November 2, 1994 to First Amended
                 and Restated Common Shares Rights  Agreement dated December 14,
                 1990.

4.7(17)          Fourth  Amendment dated as of November 1, 1995 to First Amended
                 and Restated Common Shares Rights  Agreement dated December 14,
                 1990.

10.1(1)          Technology  Transfer Agreement dated February 27, 1982, for the
                 purchase by the Registrant of certain  technology for cash, and
                 related Assumption Agreement dated February 27, 1982.

10.3(1)          Form of Founders' Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement.

10.8(1)          Registration Rights Agreement dated as of November 26, 1984.

10.8A(1)         Amendment to Registration Rights Agreement.

10.9(3)          Registrant's   1982  Stock   Option  Plan,   as  amended,   and
                 representative forms of Stock Option Agreement.

10.10(3)         Registrant's   Restricted   Stock   Plan,   as   amended,   and
                 representative form of Stock Purchase Agreement.

10.11(10)        Registrant's 1984 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as amended.

10.21(1)         License   Agreement   dated  July  26,  1983,  by  and  between
                 Registrant and The Regents of the University of California.

10.22(1)         Software Agreement effective as of April 1, 1982 by and between
                 Registrant and American  Telephone and Telegraph  Company,  and
                 Supplemental Agreement dated effective as of May 28, 1983.

10.48(3)         Registrant's 1987 Stock Option Plan and representative  form of
                 Stock Option Agreement.

10.56(4)         Building  Loan  Agreement  dated  May  11,  1989,  between  Sun
                 Microsystems  Properties,  Inc.  and the Toyo Trust and Banking
                 Company  Limited,  New York Branch and the  related  Promissory
                 Note;  First Deed of Trust,  Assignment  of  Leases,  Rents and
                 Other  Income and  Security  Agreement;  Guaranty  of  Payment;
                 Guaranty of Completion  (Sun  Microsystems  Properties,  Inc.);
                 Guaranty  of  Completion  (Sun  Microsystems,  Inc.;  Shortfall
                 Agreement and Indemnity.

                                       20
<PAGE>

    Exhibit
     Number                             Description
     ------                             -----------

10.64(8)         Registrant's    1988   Directors'   Stock   Option   Plan   and
                 representative form of Stock Option Agreement.

10.65(16)        Registrant's  1990 Employee  Stock Purchase Plan, as amended on
                 August 9, 1995.

10.66(15)        Registrant's  1990 Long-Term  Equity Incentive Plan, as amended
                 on August 15, 1996.

10.66A(10)       Representative form of agreement to Registrant's 1990 Long-Term
                 Equity Incentive Plan.

10.73(10)        Representative  form of letter  dated June 25, 1991 between the
                 Registrant  and the insurance  companies who are parties to the
                 Note and Warrant  Purchase  Agreements dated September 16, 1986
                 and December 15, 1989.

10.74(10)        Software  Distribution  Agreement dated January 28, 1991 by and
                 between the Registrant and UNIX Systems Laboratories, Inc.

10.77(14)        Lease Agreement between BNP Leasing Corporation and Registrant,
                 effective as of September 25, 1992.

10.82            Restated  Revolving  Credit  Agreement  dated  August 27, 1997,
                 between the  Registrant;  Citicorp USA,  Inc.;  Bank of America
                 National Trust and Savings Association; ABN AMRO Bank N.V.; The
                 First  National  Bank of  Boston;  Barclays  Bank  PLC;  Morgan
                 Guaranty Trust Company of New York; The Fuji Bank Limited,  San
                 Francisco  Agency:  The Toyo Trust and  Banking Co.  Ltd.:  The
                 Sumitomo Bank, Limited;  The Sakura Bank Limited, San Francisco
                 Agency; Banque Nationale de Paris;  Bayerische  Vereinsbank AG,
                 Los Angeles Agency; The Industrial Bank of Japan,  Limited, San
                 Francisco  Agency;  The  Bank  of New  York;  Cariplo  -  Cassa
                 Di-Risparmio Delle Provincie Lombade SPA; Corestes Bank NA; The
                 Northern  Trust  Company,  Royal Bank Of Canada,  Union Bank of
                 California.

10.84            Registrant's  Non-Qualified  Deferred  Compensation  Plan dated
                 July 1, 1995,  as amended  and  restated  effective  October 1,
                 1997.

10.85(16)        Registrant's     Section    162    (m)    Executive     Officer
                 Performance-Based Bonus Plan dated August 9, 1995.

10.86(15)        First  Amendment  to  Lease   Agreement   between  BNP  Leasing
                 Corporation and Registrant, effective as of September 23, 1994.

10.87            The Sun  Microsystems,  Inc.  Equity  Compensation  Acquisition
                 Plan, as amended.

10.89(18)        Form of Change of Control Agreement  executed by each corporate
                 executive officer of Registrant.

10.90(18)        Form of Change of Control Agreement executed by Chief Executive
                 Officer of Registrant.

10.91(18)        Form of Vice President Change of Control Severance Plan.

10.92(18)        Form of Director - Level Change of Control Severance Plan.

11               Statement of Computation of Earnings per Share.

13.0             1997 Annual Report to Stockholders  (to be deemed filed only to
                 the extent required by the instructions to exhibits for reports
                 on Form 10-K).

22.0             Subsidiaries of Registrant.

                                       21
<PAGE>

23.1             Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Auditors.

24               Power of Attorney (See page 25).

27               Financial Data Schedule.


                                       22


<PAGE>


(1)      Incorporated by reference to the Registrant's Registration Statement on
         Form S-1 (No. 33-2897), which became effective March 4, 1986.

(2)      Incorporated  by reference to  identically  numbered  exhibits filed as
         exhibits to the Registrant's  Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal
         year ended June 30, 1987.

(3)      Incorporated  by reference  to Exhibits  19.1,  19.3 or 19.4,  filed as
         Exhibits  to the  Registrant's  Quarterly  Report  on Form 10-Q for the
         quarter ended December 25, 1987.

(4)      Incorporated  by reference to  identically  numbered  exhibits filed as
         exhibits to the Registrant's  Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal
         year ended June 30, 1989.

(5)      Not used.

(6)      Not used.

(7)      Not used.

(8)      Incorporated  by reference to  identically  numbered  exhibits filed as
         exhibits to the Registrant's  Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal
         year ended June 30, 1990.

(9)      Incorporated  by reference to Exhibits 3.1 and 4.1 filed as exhibits to
         the Registrant's Report on Form 8-K filed on December 28, 1990.

(10)     Incorporated  by reference to  identically  numbered  exhibits filed as
         exhibits to the Registrant's  Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal
         year ended June 30, 1991.

(11)     Incorporated  by  reference  to Exhibit  4.0 filed as an exhibit to the
         Registrant's  Quarterly  Report  on Form  10-Q  for the  quarter  ended
         September 27, 1991.

(12)     Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit 3 filed as an  exhibit  to the
         Registrant's  Form 8 Amendment No. 3 to Registration  Statement on Form
         8-A filed on September 16, 1992.

(13)     Incorporated  by reference to  identically  numbered  exhibits filed as
         exhibits to the Registrant's  Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal
         year ended June 30, 1992.

(14)     Not used.

(15)     Incorporated  by reference to  identically  numbered  exhibits filed as
         exhibits to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year
         ended June 30, 1996.

(16)     Incorporated  by reference to  identically  numbered  exhibits filed as
         exhibits to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year
         ended June 30, 1995.

(17)     Incorporated  by reference to  identically  numbered  exhibits filed as
         exhibits  to the  Registrant's  Quarterly  Report  on Form 10-Q for the
         quarter ended October 1, 1995.

(18)     Incorporated  by reference to  identically  numbered  exhibits filed as
         exhibits to Registrant's  Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter
         ended December 29, 1996.

(19)     Incorporated  by reference to  identically  numbered  exhibits filed as
         exhibits to Registrant's  Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter
         ended September 29, 1996.

                                       23

<PAGE>


                                   SIGNATURES

         Pursuant to the  requirements  of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934,  the  registrant  has duly caused this Annual Report to be
signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

                                    SUN MICROSYSTEMS, INC.
                                    Registrant

September 25, 1997


                                 By:          /s/ MICHAEL E. LEHMAN
                                      ------------------------------------------
                                                  Michael E. Lehman
                                      Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

                                       24
<PAGE>


POWER OF ATTORNEY

     KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS,  that each person whose  signature  appears
below  constitutes  and appoints  Scott G. McNealy and Michael E. Lehman jointly
and severally, his attorneys-in-fact,  each with the power of substitution,  for
him in any and all  capacities,  to sign any  amendments  to this Report on Form
10-K, and file the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection
therewith,  with the Securities and Exchange  Commission,  hereby  ratifying and
confirming  all  that  each  of said  attorneys-in-fact,  or his  substitute  or
substitutes, may do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
<TABLE>

     Pursuant to the  requirements of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, this
report has been signed below by the following  persons,  which include the Chief
Executive  Officer,  the Chief Financial Officer and Corporate  Controller and a
majority  of the Board of  Directors,  on behalf  of the  registrant  and in the
capacities and on the dates indicated.
<CAPTION>

     Signature                             Title                                Date
     ---------                             -----                            

<S>                          <C>                                         <C> 
  /s/ SCOTT G. McNEALY       Chairman of the Board of Directors,         September 25, 1997
- --------------------------   President and Chief Executive Officer
     (Scott G. McNealy)      (Principal Executive Officer)

 /s/ MICHAEL E. LEHMAN       Vice President and Chief Financial          September 25, 1997
- --------------------------   Officer (Principal Financial Officer)
    (Michael E. Lehman)                

 /s/ GEORGE REYES            Vice President and Corporate Controller     September 25, 1997
- --------------------------   (Principal Accounting  Officer)
    (George Reyes)       
                                   
 /s/ L. JOHN DOERR           Director                                    September 25, 1997
- --------------------------
    (L. John Doerr)

 /s/ JUDITH L. ESTRIN        Director                                    September 25, 1997
- --------------------------
    (Judith L. Estrin )

 /s/ ROBERT J. FISHER        Director                                    September 25, 1997
- --------------------------
    (Robert J. Fisher)

 /s/ ROBERT L. LONG          Director                                    September 25, 1997
- --------------------------
   (Robert L. Long)
   
 /s/ M. KENNETH OSHMAN       Director                                    September 25, 1997
- --------------------------
    (M. Kenneth Oshman)

 /s/ A. MICHAEL SPENCE       Director                                    September 25, 1997
- --------------------------
    (A. Michael Spence)

</TABLE>

                                       25
<PAGE>

<TABLE>

                                                                                                        SCHEDULE 2
                                              SUN MICROSYSTEMS, INC.

                                         VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
                                                  (in thousands)
<CAPTION>
                                                             Balance at    Charged to                  Balance at
                                                             Beginning     Costs and      Deduction/    End of
                      Description                            of Period      Expenses      Write-off     Period
<S>                                                           <C>           <C>            <C>          <C>    
Year ended June 30, 1995:
  Accounts receivable                                         $79,845       $186,993       $167,231     $99,607
allowances.........................                          ========       ========       ========    ========

Year ended June 30, 1996:
  Accounts receivable                                         $99,607       $195,840       $194,717    $100,730
allowances.........................                          ========       ========       ========    ========

Year ended June 30, 1997:
  Accounts receivable                                        $100,730       $273,959       $178,598    $196,091
allowances.........................                          ========       ========       ========    ========

</TABLE>
                                       26








                                U.S. $500,000,000


                                CREDIT AGREEMENT


                       Dated as of August 28, 1997, among


                             SUN MICROSYSTEMS, INC.

                                   as Borrower

                                       and

                            THE LENDERS NAMED HEREIN

                                   as Lenders

                                       and

                               CITICORP USA, INC.

                             as Administrative Agent



<PAGE>
<TABLE>

                                                  TABLE OF CONTENTS
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                                Page
                                                                                                                ----

<S>               <C>            <C>                                                                             <C>

         ARTICLE I

                                         DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS.......................................  1
                  SECTION 1.01.  Certain Defined Terms..........................................................  1
                  SECTION 1.02.  Computation of Time Periods.................................................... 11
                  SECTION 1.03.  Accounting Terms............................................................... 11
                  SECTION 1.04.  Application of Level Pricing................................................... 11

         ARTICLE II

                                         AMOUNTS AND TERMS OF THE ADVANCES...................................... 12
                  SECTION 2.01.  The A Advances................................................................. 12
                  SECTION 2.02.  Making the A Advances.......................................................... 12
                  SECTION 2.03.  The B Advances................................................................. 14
                  SECTION 2.04.  Fees........................................................................... 17
                  SECTION 2.05.  Termination, Reduction or Increase of the Commitments.......................... 17
                  SECTION 2.06.  Repayment of A Advances........................................................ 20
                  SECTION 2.07.  Interest on A Advances......................................................... 20
                  SECTION 2.08.  Notes.......................................................................... 21
                  SECTION 2.09.  Interest Rate Determination.................................................... 21
                  SECTION 2.10.  Sharing of Payments, Etc....................................................... 21
                  SECTION 2.11.  Prepayments of A Advances...................................................... 22
                  SECTION 2.12.  Increased Costs................................................................ 22
                  SECTION 2.13.  Illegality..................................................................... 23
                  SECTION 2.14.  Payments and Computations...................................................... 24
                  SECTION 2.15.  Taxes.......................................................................... 25

         ARTICLE III

                                               CONDITIONS OF LENDING............................................ 27
                  SECTION 3.01.  Condition Precedent to Initial Advances........................................ 27
                  SECTION 3.02.  Conditions Precedent to Each A Borrowing....................................... 28
                  SECTION 3.03.  Conditions Precedent to Each B Borrowing....................................... 28

         ARTICLE IV

                                          REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES........................................ 29
                  SECTION 4.01.  Representations and Warranties of the Borrower................................. 29

                                                         i

<PAGE>

         ARTICLE V

                                             COVENANTS OF THE BORROWER.......................................... 33
                  SECTION 5.01.  Affirmative Covenants.......................................................... 33
                  SECTION 5.02.  Negative Covenants............................................................. 38

         ARTICLE VI

                                                 EVENTS OF DEFAULT.............................................. 43
                  SECTION 6.01.  Events of Default.............................................................. 43
                  SECTION 6.02.  Mandatory Prepayment; Event of Early Termination............................... 45

         ARTICLE VII

                                                     THE AGENT.................................................. 46
                  SECTION 7.01.  Authorization and Action....................................................... 46
                  SECTION 7.02.  Agent's Reliance, Etc.......................................................... 46
                  SECTION 7.03.  CUSA and Affiliates............................................................ 47
                  SECTION 7.04.  Lender Credit Decision......................................................... 47
                  SECTION 7.05.  Indemnification................................................................ 47
                  SECTION 7.06.  Successor Agent................................................................ 48
                  SECTION 7.07   Co-Agents...................................................................... 48

         ARTICLE VIII

                                                   MISCELLANEOUS................................................ 48
                  SECTION 8.01.  Amendments Etc................................................................. 48
                  SECTION 8.02.  Notices; Payments, Etc......................................................... 49
                  SECTION 8.03.  No Waiver; Remedies............................................................ 49
                  SECTION 8.04.  Costs and Expenses............................................................. 49
                  SECTION 8.05.  Right of Set-off............................................................... 51
                  SECTION 8.06.  Binding Effect................................................................. 52
                  SECTION 8.07.  Assignments and Participations................................................. 52
                  SECTION 8.08.  Governing Law.................................................................. 55
                  SECTION 8.09.  Headings....................................................................... 55
                  SECTION 8.10.  Commitment Extension........................................................... 55
                  SECTION 8.11.  Execution in Counterparts...................................................... 55
                  SECTION 8.12.  Confidentiality................................................................ 56
                  SECTION 8.13.  Termination.................................................................... 56
                  SECTION 8.14.  Jurisdiction, Etc.............................................................. 56
                  SECTION 8.15.  WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL........................................................... 57

</TABLE>

                                                         ii

<PAGE>


                                    SCHEDULES

SCHEDULE I

                                    EXHIBITS

EXHIBIT A-1       FORM OF A NOTE
EXHIBIT A-2       FORM OF B NOTE
EXHIBIT B-1       NOTICE OF A BORROWING
EXHIBIT B-2       NOTICE OF B BORROWING
EXHIBIT C         ASSIGNMENT AND ACCEPTANCE
EXHIBIT D         ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT
EXHIBIT E         OPINION OF WILSON, SONSINI, GOODRICH & ROSATI
EXHIBIT F         COVENANT COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE
EXHIBIT G         LIENS
EXHIBIT H         SUBSIDIARIES
EXHIBIT I         RESPONSIBLE OFFICERS

                                       iii

<PAGE>

                                CREDIT AGREEMENT

                           Dated as of August 28, 1997

         SUN MICROSYSTEMS,  INC., a Delaware  corporation (the "Borrower"),  the
Lenders listed on the signature pages hereof, and CITICORP USA, INC., a Delaware
corporation  ("CUSA"),  as  administrative  agent (the  "Agent") for the Lenders
hereunder, agree as follows:


                                    ARTICLE I

                        DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS

         SECTION 1.01.  Certain Defined Terms.  As used in this  Agreement,  the
following  terms shall have the following  meanings (such meanings to be equally
applicable to both the singular and plural forms of the terms defined):

         "A Advance"  means an advance by a Lender to the Borrower as part of an
A Borrowing  and refers to an Alternate  Base Rate Advance or a Eurodollar  Rate
Advance, each of which shall be a "Type" of A Advance.

         "A Borrowing"  means a borrowing  consisting of simultaneous A Advances
of the same Type made by each of the Lenders pursuant to Section 2.01.

         "A Note" means a promissory  note of the Borrower  payable to the order
of any Lender, in substantially  the form of Exhibit A-1 hereto,  evidencing the
aggregate  indebtedness  of the  Borrower  to such Lender  resulting  from the A
Advances made by such Lender.

         "Adjusted EBIT" means,  for any accounting  period,  net income (or net
loss) plus the amounts (if any) which,  in the  determination  of net income (or
net loss) for such period,  have been deducted for (a) gross  interest  expense,
(b) income tax expense and (c) rent  expense  under  leases of real and personal
property (excluding, however, from the determination of such rent expense, taxes
and  normal and  customary  operating  expenses  passed on to the  Borrower  for
reimbursement  pursuant  to the  terms  of such  real  property  leases  whether
denominated  under such leases as "rent",  "additional  rent" or otherwise,  but
only to the extent that such operating expenses are actually incurred and passed
through to the Borrower),  in each case  determined in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles, consistent with those applied in the preparation
of the financial statements referred to in Section 4.01(e).

         "Advance" means an A Advance or a B Advance.



<PAGE>

                                        2

         "Affiliate" means, as to any Person, any other Person that, directly or
indirectly,  controls,  is  controlled  by or is under common  control with such
Person or is a director or officer of such Person.

         "Alternate  Base  Rate"  means,  for any  period  (including  a  period
consisting of a single day), a  fluctuating  interest rate per annum as shall be
in effect  from time to time which rate per annum shall at all times be equal to
the highest of:

         (a) the rate of  interest  announced  publicly by Citibank in New York,
     New York, from time to time, as Citibank's base rate; or

         (b) 1/2 of one  percent per annum  above the latest  three-week  moving
     average of secondary market morning offering rates in the United States for
     three-month  certificates  of deposit of major  United  States money market
     banks,  such three- week moving  average  being  determined  weekly on each
     Monday (or, if any such date is not a Business Day, on the next  succeeding
     Business Day) for the  three-week  period ending on the previous  Friday by
     the Agent on the basis of such rates  reported  by  certificate  of deposit
     dealers to and  published  by the Federal  Reserve  Bank of New York or, if
     such  publication  shall  be  suspended  or  terminated,  on the  basis  of
     quotations  for such  rates  received  by the  Agent  from  three  New York
     certificate  of deposit  dealers of  recognized  standing  selected  by the
     Agent,  in either case  adjusted to the nearest  1/16 of one percent or, if
     there is no nearest  1/16 of one  percent,  to the next  higher 1/16 of one
     percent; or

         (c) for any day,  1/2 of one  percent  per  annum  above  the  weighted
     average of the rates on overnight  Federal funds  transactions with members
     of the  Federal  Reserve  System  arranged  by Federal  funds  brokers,  as
     published for such day (or, if such day is not a Business Day, for the next
     preceding  Business  Day) by the Federal  Reserve Bank of New York,  or, if
     such rate is not so  published  for any day which is a  Business  Day,  the
     average of the quotations for such day on such transactions received by the
     Agent from three Federal funds brokers of recognized  standing  selected by
     it.

         "Alternate  Base Rate Advance"  means an A Advance which bears interest
as provided in Section 2.07(a).

         "Applicable  Lending Office" means,  with respect to each Lender,  such
Lender's  Domestic Lending Office in the case of an Alternate Base Rate Advance,
and such Lender's  Eurodollar  Lending  Office in the case of a Eurodollar  Rate
Advance and, in the case of a B Advance,  the office of such Lender  notified by
such Lender to the Agent as its Applicable Lending Office with respect to such B
Advance.


<PAGE>


                                        3

         "Assignment and Acceptance" means an assignment and acceptance  entered
into  by a  Lender  and an  assignee  reasonably  acceptable  to the  Agent  and
reasonably consented to by the Borrower,  in substantially the form of Exhibit C
hereto.

         "Assuming Lender" means an assignee reasonably  acceptable to the Agent
not  previously  a Lender that  becomes a Lender  hereunder  pursuant to Section
2.05(b).

         "B Advance" means an advance by a Lender to the Borrower as part of a B
Borrowing  resulting  from the auction  bidding  procedure  described in Section
2.03.

         "B  Borrowing"  means a borrowing  consisting  of B Advances made at or
about the same  time by each of the  Lenders  whose  offer to make one or more B
Advances as part of such  borrowing has been accepted by the Borrower  under the
auction bidding procedure described in Section 2.03.

         "B Note" means a promissory  note of the Borrower  payable to the order
of any Lender, in substantially  the form of Exhibit A-2 hereto,  evidencing the
indebtedness  of the Borrower to such Lender  resulting from a B Advance made by
such Lender.

         "B Reduction" has the meaning specified in Section 2.01.

         "Borrowing" means an A Borrowing or a B Borrowing.

         "Business Day" means a day of the year other than a Saturday, Sunday or
other day on which  banks are not  required or  authorized  to close in New York
City or San Francisco, California and, if the applicable Business Day relates to
any Eurodollar  Rate  Advances,  on which dealings are carried on in the London,
England interbank market.

         "Change of Control Event" means the  occurrence of the  following:  (i)
any corporation or Person, or a group of related corporations or Persons,  shall
acquire (a)  beneficial  ownership  in excess of 50% of the  outstanding  Voting
Stock of the  Borrower  or (b) all or  substantially  all of the  assets  of the
Borrower,  or (ii) a majority of the Board of  Directors  of the Borrower is, at
any time,  composed of persons  other than (a) persons who were  members of such
Board on the date of this  Agreement,  (b) successors to such persons elected or
nominated in the ordinary course of business,  and (c) any person who has served
as a member of such Board for at least the prior 12 months.

         "Citibank" means Citibank, N.A., a national banking association.

         "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to
time, and the regulations promulgated and rulings issued thereunder.


<PAGE>

                                        4

         "Commitment" has the meaning specified in Section 2.01.

         "consolidated"  refers  to the  consolidation  of the  accounts  of the
Borrower and its Subsidiaries in accordance with generally  accepted  accounting
principles, including principles of consolidation, consistent with those applied
in the  preparation  of the  consolidated  financial  statements  referred to in
Section 4.01(e).

         "Consolidated  Tangible  Net Worth"  means the  excess of  consolidated
total assets over consolidated total liabilities,  consolidated total assets and
consolidated total liabilities each to be determined on a consolidated basis for
the  Borrower  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles
consistent  with those applied in the  preparation  of the financial  statements
referred to in Section 4.01(e),  excluding,  however,  from the determination of
consolidated total assets (i) goodwill,  organizational  expenses,  research and
development  expenses,  trademarks,  trade names,  copyrights,  patents,  patent
applications, licenses and rights in any thereof, and other similar intangibles,
(ii)  all  unamortized  debt  discount  and  expense,  (iii)  asset,  liability,
contingency and other appropriate reserves,  including reserves for depreciation
and for deferred income taxes, (iv) treasury stock, (v) any write-up in the book
value of any asset resulting from a revaluation  thereof  subsequent to June 30,
1996,  (vi) the book value of investments  in Persons that are not  Subsidiaries
(unless the same are readily  marketable),  and (vii) any items not  included in
clauses (i) through (vi) above which are treated as  intangibles  in  conformity
with generally accepted accounting principles.

         "Debt" of any Person means (i)  indebtedness  for borrowed money,  (ii)
obligations evidenced by bonds, debentures,  notes or other similar instruments,
(iii)  obligations  to pay the deferred  purchase  price of property or services
(excluding ordinary trade payables incurred in the ordinary course of business),
(iv)  obligations  as lessee under leases which shall have been or should be, in
accordance with generally accepted  accounting  principles,  recorded as capital
leases,  (v) all  obligations  of such Person to purchase  securities  (or other
property)  which  arise  out of or in  connection  with  the sale of the same or
substantially similar securities or property, (vi) any reimbursement obligations
of such Person to the issuer of a letter of credit or similar instrument,  (vii)
all indebtedness or obligations of others secured by a lien on any asset of such
Person,  whether or not such  indebtedness  or  obligations  are assumed by such
Person  (to the  extent of the value of the  asset),  (viii)  any  reimbursement
obligation  of such Person or other  arrangement  of whatever  nature having the
effect of  assuring  or holding  harmless  any other  Person  against  loss with
respect to any real  property  owned by such other  Person,  including,  without
limitation,  assuring or  guaranteeing  that such other Person  shall  receive a
specified  amount in connection with the conveyance of such real property,  (ix)
obligations  under direct or indirect  guaranties in respect of, and obligations
(contingent  or  otherwise)  to purchase or otherwise  acquire,  or otherwise to
assure a creditor  against loss in respect of,  indebtedness  or  obligations of
others of the kinds  referred to in clauses (i) through  (viii)  above,  and (x)
liabilities in respect of unfunded vested


<PAGE>

                                        5

benefits under plans covered by Title IV of ERISA. Notwithstanding any provision
herein to the contrary,  no obligations of any Person (whether such  obligations
be direct or indirect,  contingent or otherwise) under any Permitted Receivables
Facility  shall be "Debt" for  purposes  of this  Agreement;  provided  that the
foregoing  exclusion  shall not apply to obligations of any such Person pursuant
to  the  indemnity  or  reimbursement  provisions  contained  in  any  Permitted
Receivables  Facility and to fees and expenses payable pursuant to any Permitted
Receivables  Facility to the extent that any such obligations are required to be
recorded as liabilities on such Person's balance sheet under generally  accepted
accounting principles.

         "Default" means any event which, with the passage of time or the giving
of  notice or both,  would (if not cured  within  any  applicable  cure  period)
constitute an Event of Default.

         "Domestic Lending Office" means, with respect to any Lender, the office
of such Lender  specified as its "Domestic  Lending Office" opposite its name on
Schedule  I hereto or in the  Assignment  and  Acceptance  pursuant  to which it
became a Lender,  or such other  office of such  Lender as such  Lender may from
time to time specify to the Borrower and the Agent.

         "Environmental  Laws"  means  any and all  federal,  state,  local  and
foreign statutes,  laws,  regulations,  ordinances,  rules,  judgments,  orders,
decrees, permits, concessions, grants, franchises, licenses, agreements or other
governmental  restrictions  relating  to  the  environment,   or  to  emissions,
discharges  or releases of  pollutants,  contaminants,  petroleum  or  petroleum
products,  chemicals or industrial, toxic or hazardous substances or wastes into
the  environment,  including,  without  limitation,  ambient air, surface water,
ground water,  or land, or otherwise  relating to the  manufacture,  processing,
distribution,  use,  treatment,  storage,  disposal,  transport  or  handling of
pollutants,   contaminants,   petroleum  or  petroleum  products,  chemicals  or
industrial,  toxic or  hazardous  substances  or wastes or the clean-up or other
remediation thereof.

         "ERISA" means the Employee  Retirement  Income Security Act of 1974, as
amended from time to time, and the  regulations  promulgated  and rulings issued
thereunder.

         "ERISA  Affiliate"  means any  Person who for  purposes  of Title IV of
ERISA is a member of the Borrower's  controlled  group,  or under common control
with the  Borrower,  within  the  meaning of  Section  414 of the Code,  and the
regulations promulgated and rulings issued thereunder.

         "ERISA  Termination  Event" means (i) a Reportable  Event  described in
Section 4043 of ERISA and the regulations  promulgated  thereunder (other than a
Reportable  Event not subject to the  provision for 30 day notice to the Pension
Benefit Guaranty

<PAGE>

                                        6

Corporation under such  regulations),  or (ii) the withdrawal of the Borrower or
any  Subsidiary  from a Plan  during a plan year in which it was a  "substantial
employer" as defined in Section  4001(a) (2) of ERISA,  or (iii) the filing of a
notice of intent to terminate a Plan or the  treatment of a Plan  amendment as a
termination  under Section 4041 of ERISA or (iv) the  institution of proceedings
to terminate a Plan by the Pension Benefit  Guaranty  Corporation  under Section
4042 of ERISA,  or (v) any  other  event or  condition  which  would  constitute
grounds under Section 4042 of ERISA for the  termination  of, or the appointment
of a trustee to administer, any Plan.

         "Eurocurrency  Liabilities"  has the  meaning  assigned to that term in
Regulation  D of the Board of  Governors of the Federal  Reserve  System,  as in
effect from time to time.

         "Eurodollar  Lending  Office"  means,  with respect to any Lender,  the
office of such Lender specified as its "Eurodollar  Lending Office" opposite its
name on Schedule I hereto or in the Assignment and Acceptance  pursuant to which
it became a Lender (or, if no such office is  specified,  its  Domestic  Lending
Office),  or such other  office of such  Lender as such  Lender may from time to
time specify to the Borrower and the Agent.

         "Eurodollar  Margin" means,  on any day, with respect to any Eurodollar
Rate Advance made or  outstanding  on such day, an interest rate per annum equal
at all times to (i) .130% for each day  during a Level I Period;  (ii) .170% for
each day during a Level II Period;  (iii)  .200% for each day during a Level III
Period; (iv) .250% for each day during a Level IV Period; and (v) .325% for each
day during a Level V Period.

         "Eurodollar  Rate" means,  for the Interest  Period for each Eurodollar
Rate Advance comprising part of the same A Borrowing, an interest rate per annum
determined by the Agent to be (a) the  arithmetic  mean  (rounded  upward to the
nearest whole multiple of 1/16 of 1% per annum,  if such  arithmetic mean is not
such a multiple)  of the rates  notified to the Agent at which  deposits in U.S.
dollars are offered by the principal office of each of the Eurodollar  Reference
Banks in London,  England to prime banks in the London interbank market at 11:00
A.M.  (London  time) two  Business  Days  before the first day of such  Interest
Period in an amount  substantially equal to the respective  Eurodollar Reference
Bank's (or its  Affiliate's)  Eurodollar Rate Advance  comprising part of such A
Borrowing  and for a period  equal to such  Interest  Period,  divided  by (b) a
percentage  equal to 100%  minus the  Eurodollar  Rate  Reserve  Percentage  (as
defined  below)  for  such  Interest   Period.   The  "Eurodollar  Rate  Reserve
Percentage" for the Interest Period for each Eurodollar Rate Advance  comprising
part of the  same A  Borrowing  means  the  reserve  percentage  applicable  two
Business  Days before the first day of such  Interest  Period under  regulations
issued from time to time by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System
(or any successor) for determining the maximum reserve  requirement  (including,
but not  limited  to, any  emergency,  supplemental  or other  marginal  reserve
requirement) for a member bank of the Federal

<PAGE>

                                        7

Reserve System in New York City with deposits exceeding One Billion Dollars with
respect  to  liabilities  or  assets  consisting  of or  including  Eurocurrency
Liabilities (or with respect to any other category of liabilities which includes
deposits by reference to which the interest rate on Eurodollar  Rate Advances is
determined) having a term equal to such Interest Period.

         "Eurodollar  Rate Advance"  means an A Advance which bears  interest as
provided in Section 2.07(b).

         "Eurodollar  Reference  Banks" means the  principal  London  offices of
Citibank,  [Bank of America National Trust and Savings  Association and ABN AMRO
Bank  N.V.] and each such  other  bank as may be  approved  pursuant  to Section
8.07(i).

         "Events of Default" has the meaning specified in Section 6.01.

         "Excess  Interest  in  Receivables"  means the  extent to which (i) any
ownership  interest,  security  interest or other interest of any third party in
the accounts  receivable of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries,  exceeds (ii) the
aggregate amount advanced by such third party in respect of the purchase of such
interest  (net of amounts  received by such third party from the  collection  of
such accounts receivable).

         "Federal Funds Rate" means, for any period, a fluctuating interest rate
per annum equal for each day during such period to the  weighted  average of the
rates on  overnight  Federal  funds  transactions  with  members of the  Federal
Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers, as published for such day (or,
if such day is not a Business Day, for the next  preceding  Business Day) by the
Federal  Reserve Bank of New York,  or, if such rate is not so published for any
day which is a Business Day, the average of the  quotations for such day on such
transactions  received  by  the  Agent  from  three  Federal  funds  brokers  of
recognized standing selected by it.

         "Fixed  Charges" means,  for any accounting  period,  the sum,  without
duplication,  of (i)  gross  interest  expense  during  such  period,  plus (ii)
scheduled  amortization  of  principal in respect of all Debt during such period
(but excluding any required  principal payment in respect of any obligation that
is a  "bullet"  payment,  i.e.,  the  entire  amount  thereof  is due in full at
maturity  without any amortizing  payments prior to said  maturity),  plus (iii)
amortization  of debt discount (but  excluding from this clause (iii) and clause
(i)  above  noncash  amortization  of  debt  discount  if  the  maturity  of the
obligation  so  discounted  is no earlier than December 31, 1998 pursuant to the
terms and  conditions  of the  instruments  and  agreements  creating  such debt
discount),  plus (iv) rent expense  under  leases of real and personal  property
during such period  (excluding,  however,  from the  determination  of such rent
expense,  taxes and normal and  customary  operating  expenses  passed on to the
Borrower for  reimbursement  pursuant to the terms of such real property  leases
whether denominated

<PAGE>

                                        8

under such leases as "rent",  "additional  rent" or  otherwise,  but only to the
extent that such operating  expenses are actually incurred and passed through to
the Borrower).

         "Interest  Period" means,  for each Eurodollar Rate Advance  comprising
part of the  same A  Borrowing,  the  period  commencing  on the  date of such A
Advance  and  ending  on the last day of the  period  selected  by the  Borrower
pursuant to the  provisions  below.  The duration of each such  Interest  Period
shall be 1, 2, 3 or 6 months or, if available,  9 or 12 months,  as the Borrower
may, upon notice received by the Agent in accordance with Section 2.02,  select;
provided, however, that:

         (i) the Borrower  may not select any  Interest  Period which ends after
the then existing Termination Date;

         (ii)  Interest  Periods  commencing  on the same  date  for A  Advances
comprising part of the same A Borrowing shall be of the same duration; and

         (iii)  whenever  the last day of any Interest  Period  would  otherwise
occur on a day other than a Business Day, the last day of such  Interest  Period
shall be extended to occur on the next succeeding Business Day; provided, in the
case  of any  Interest  Period  for a  Eurodollar  Rate  Advance,  that  if such
extension  would cause the last day of such Interest Period to occur in the next
following  calendar  month,  the last day of such Interest Period shall occur on
the next preceding Business Day.

         "Lenders"  means the lenders  listed on the signature  pages hereof and
each assignee that shall become a party hereto  pursuant to Sections  8.07(a) or
(b).

         "Level I Period" means a period of time,  which may consist of a single
day,  during  which the Public Debt Rating is (i) A- or better by S&P or (ii) A3
or better by Moody's.

         "Level II  Period"  means a period of time other than a Level I Period,
which may  consist of a single day,  during  which the Public Debt Rating is (i)
BBB+ or better by S&P or (ii) Baa1 or better by Moody's.

         "Level III  Period"  means a period of time other than a Level I Period
or a Level II Period, which may consist of a single day, during which the Public
Debt Rating is (i) BBB or better by S&P or (ii) Baa2 or better by Moody's.

         "Level IV Period" means a period of time other than a Level I Period, a
Level II Period or a Level III Period, which may consist of a single day, during
which the  Public  Debt  Rating  is (i) BBB- or  better by S&P,  or (ii) Baa3 or
better by Moody's.

<PAGE>

                                        9

         "Level V Period" means a period of time,  which may consist of a single
day, during which the Public Debt Rating is (i) lower than BBB- by S&P and lower
than Baa3 by  Moody's  (or lower  than the level  indicated  for  either  S&P or
Moody's if unrated by the other), or (ii) no Public Debt Rating is available for
whatever reason.

         "Lien" means any mortgage, pledge, security interest, encumbrance, lien
or charge of any kind (including any agreement to give any of the foregoing, any
conditional  sale or other title  retention  agreement,  any lease in the nature
thereof,  and the filing of or agreement to give any financing  statement  under
the Uniform Commercial Code of any  jurisdiction).  Customary bankers' rights of
set-off  arising by operation of law or by contract in  connection  with working
capital facilities,  lines of credit, term loans and letter of credit facilities
and other  contractual  arrangements  entered  into with  banks in the  ordinary
course of business are not "Liens" for the purposes of this Agreement.

         "Majority  Lenders"  means at any time Lenders  holding at least 51% of
the then aggregate  unpaid  principal  amount of the A Advances then outstanding
or, if no such  principal  amount is then  outstanding,  then  either (i) if the
Commitments  have not been  terminated  or there are no B Advances  outstanding,
Lenders having at least 51% of the Commitments,  or (ii) if the Commitments have
been terminated and there are B Advances  outstanding,  Lenders holding at least
51% of the  then  aggregate  unpaid  principal  amount  of the B  Advances  then
outstanding.

         "Material  Subsidiary"  means,  at any  point in time,  any  Subsidiary
having total assets of $500,000 or more as of the end of its most recent  fiscal
year or annual  gross  revenues  of  $5,000,000  or more  during its most recent
fiscal year.

         "Moody's" means Moody's Investors Service, Inc., or its successors.

         "Note" means an A Note or a B Note.

         "Notice of A Borrowing" has the meaning specified in Section 2.02(a).

         "Notice of B Borrowing" has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(a).

         "Permitted  Receivables  Facility"  shall  mean  one or  more  accounts
receivable  securitization  arrangements  which  provide  for  (a)  the  sale of
accounts  receivables  and any related  property  by Borrower  and/or any of its
Subsidiaries  to a financing party or a special  purpose  vehicle,  and (b) if a
special  purpose  vehicle is used in any such  arrangement,  the  granting  of a
security  interest in  accounts  receivables  and any  related  property by such
special purpose  vehicle and/or the granting of a security  interest by Borrower
in any such related property,  provided,  however, that the sum of the aggregate
net  unrecovered  investment  and the  aggregate  outstanding  advances from the
financing parties under such

<PAGE>

                                       10

accounts receivables securitization arrangements shall not exceed the greater of
(i)  $250,000,000  and (ii) 15% of  Consolidated  Tangible  Net Worth at any one
time.

         "Person" means an  individual,  partnership,  corporation  (including a
business trust), joint stock company, trust, unincorporated  association,  joint
venture or other entity, or a government or any political  subdivision or agency
thereof.

         "Plan"  means at any time an  employee  pension  benefit  plan which is
covered  under  Title IV of ERISA or subject to the  minimum  funding  standards
under  Section 412 of the Code and is either (i)  maintained  by the Borrower or
any  Subsidiary  for  employees  of the  Borrower  or  any  Subsidiary  or  (ii)
maintained  pursuant  to  a  collective   bargaining   agreement  or  any  other
arrangement under which more than one employer makes  contributions and to which
the Borrower or any  Subsidiary is then making or accruing an obligation to make
contributions or has within the preceding five plan years made contributions.

         "Public Debt Rating" means,  as of any date, the lowest rating that has
been most  recently  announced  (and is then in effect) by either S&P or Moody's
for any class of non-credit  enhanced  long-term senior unsecured debt issued by
the Borrower or, if the  Borrower has no such debt issued,  the lowest  "implied
rating"  (or  similar  rating  in effect  from time to time)  that has been most
recently  stated in writing  (and is then in effect) by S&P and/or  Moody's  for
non-credit  enhanced  long-term  senior  unsecured  debt  of the  Borrower.  For
purposes of the  foregoing,  (a) if any rating  established  by either of S&P or
Moody's shall be changed, such change shall be effective as of the date on which
such change is first announced publicly by the rating agency making such change;
and  (b)  if S&P or  Moody's  shall  change  the  basis  on  which  ratings  are
established,  each  reference  to the Public  Debt  Rating  announced  by S&P or
Moody's, as the case may be, shall refer to the then equivalent rating by S&P or
Moody's, as the case may be.

         "Register" has the meaning specified in Section 8.07(c).

         "Responsible  Financial Officer" means the chief financial officer, the
controller, the treasurer or any assistant treasurer of the Borrower.

         "Responsible  Officer"  means the  individuals  occupying the executive
offices of the Borrower  described in Exhibit I hereto and any successors to the
offices  held  by  the  individuals  identified  therein,  and  the  individuals
occupying any other executive offices of the Borrower which at any time have the
authority, functions and responsibilities as the offices described in Exhibit I.

         "S&P" means Standard and Poor's Ratings Group, or its successors.


<PAGE>

                                       11

         "Subsidiary"  means any  corporation  of which the Borrower  and/or its
other  Subsidiaries  own,  directly or  indirectly,  such number of  outstanding
shares as have more than 50% of the  ordinary  voting  power for the election of
directors.

         "Termination  Date"  means  August  26,  2002  or  such  later  date as
determined pursuant to Section 8.10, or the earlier date of termination in whole
of the Commitments pursuant to Section 2.05 or 6.01.

         "Transfer" means,  with respect to any asset, to sell, lease,  transfer
or otherwise dispose of such asset.

         "Voting  Stock" of any Person  means any shares of stock of such Person
whose holders are entitled under ordinary circumstances to vote for the election
of  directors of such Person  (irrespective  of whether at the time stock of any
other class or classes  shall have or might have  voting  power by reason of the
happening of any contingency).

         "wholly owned  Subsidiary"  means any Subsidiary all of the outstanding
capital  stock (other than  directors'  qualifying  shares and shares  issued to
satisfy local ownership requirements) of which is owned, directly or indirectly,
by the Borrower.

         SECTION 1.02.  Computation  of Time Periods.  In this  Agreement in the
computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later  specified date,
the word "from" means "from and  including"  and the words "to" and "until" each
means "to but excluding".

         SECTION 1.03.  Accounting  Terms. All accounting terms not specifically
defined  herein  shall  be  construed  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted
accounting  principles  consistent  with those applied in the preparation of the
financial statements referred to in Section 4.01(e).

         SECTION 1.04.  Application of Level  Pricing.  For purposes of applying
the Level  pricing  formula in the  definition  of  "Eurodollar  Margin"  and in
Section  2.04(a),  (a) if only one of S&P and  Moody's  shall  have in  effect a
Public Debt Rating, the applicable Level shall be determined by reference to the
available  rating  and (b) if the Public  Debt  Ratings  established  by S&P and
Moody's shall fall within different Levels,  the applicable Level shall be based
upon the higher rating; provided that, if the lower of such ratings is more than
one level below the higher of such ratings,  the applicable Level shall be based
on the level immediately above such lower rating.


<PAGE>

                                       12

                                   ARTICLE II

                        AMOUNTS AND TERMS OF THE ADVANCES

         SECTION 2.01.  The A Advances.  Each Lender  severally  agrees,  on the
terms and conditions  hereinafter  set forth, to make A Advances to the Borrower
from time to time on any  Business  Day during the period  from the date  hereof
until the Termination  Date in an aggregate amount not to exceed at any time the
amount set forth  opposite such Lender's name on the signature  pages hereof or,
if such Lender has entered into any  Assignment  and  Acceptance,  set forth for
such Lender in the Register maintained by the Agent pursuant to Section 8.07(c),
as  such  amount  may  be  reduced  pursuant  to  Section  2.05  (such  Lender's
"Commitment");  provided that the  aggregate  amount of the  Commitments  of the
Lenders  shall be deemed  used from time to time to the extent of the  aggregate
amount of the B Advances then  outstanding  and such deemed use of the aggregate
amount of the Commitments  shall be applied to the Lenders ratably  according to
their  respective  Commitments  (such deemed use of the aggregate  amount of the
Commitments  being a "B  Reduction").  Each A Borrowing shall be in an aggregate
amount not less than $10,000,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000,000 in excess
thereof  (or,  with respect to an A Borrowing  comprised of Alternate  Base Rate
Advances,  such lesser amount as shall equal the then  unborrowed  amount of the
aggregate Commitments), and shall consist of A Advances of the same Type made on
the same day by the Lenders ratably  according to their respective  Commitments.
Within the limits of each  Lender's  Commitment,  the  Borrower may from time to
time borrow,  prepay pursuant to Section 2.11(b) and reborrow under this Section
2.01.

         SECTION 2.02. Making the A Advances. (a) Each A Borrowing shall be made
on notice,  given not later than 11:00 A.M. (New York City time) on (x) the date
of a proposed A Borrowing comprised of Alternate Base Rate Advances, and (y) the
third  Business  Day prior to the date of a proposed A  Borrowing  comprised  of
Eurodollar Rate Advances, by the Borrower to the Agent, which shall give to each
Lender prompt  notice  thereof (and in any event not later than the same day) by
telecopier  or  telex.  Each such  notice  of an A  Borrowing  (a  "Notice  of A
Borrowing") shall be by telecopier or telex,  confirmed  immediately in writing,
in  substantially  the  form of  Exhibit  B-1  hereto,  specifying  therein  the
requested (i) date of such A Borrowing,  (ii) Type of A Advances comprising such
A  Borrowing,  (iii)  aggregate  amount of such A Borrowing,  and (iv)  Interest
Period for each such A Advance in the case of  Eurodollar  Rate  Advances.  Each
Lender  shall,  before  12:00  Noon (New  York City  time) on the date of such A
Borrowing,  make available for the account of its  Applicable  Lending Office to
the Agent at its address referred to in Section 8.02(b), in same day funds, such
Lender's ratable portion of such A Borrowing.  After the Agent's receipt of such
funds and upon  fulfillment  of the  applicable  conditions set forth in Article
III,  the Agent will make such funds  available  to the  Borrower at the Agent's
aforesaid address.


<PAGE>

                                       13


         (b) Each Notice of A Borrowing  shall be irrevocable and binding on the
Borrower. In the case of any A Borrowing which the related Notice of A Borrowing
specifies is to be comprised of Eurodollar  Rate  Advances,  the Borrower  shall
indemnify each Lender against any loss, cost or expense  incurred by such Lender
as a result of any  failure to fulfill on or before the date  specified  in such
Notice of A Borrowing for such A Borrowing the  applicable  conditions set forth
in Article III,  including,  without  limitation,  any loss  (including  loss of
anticipated  profits),  cost or expense incurred by reason of the liquidation or
reemployment  of deposits  or other funds  acquired by such Lender to fund the A
Advance  to be made by such  Lender  as  part of such A  Borrowing  when  such A
Advance, as a result of such failure, is not made on such date.

         (c) Unless the Agent shall have received  notice from a Lender prior to
the date of any A  Borrowing  that such Lender  will not make  available  to the
Agent such Lender's  ratable  portion of such A Borrowing,  the Agent may assume
that such  Lender has made such  portion  available  to the Agent on the date of
such A Borrowing in accordance  with subsection (a) of this Section 2.02 and the
Agent may, in reliance upon such  assumption,  make available to the Borrower on
such date a  corresponding  amount.  If and to the extent that such Lender shall
not have so made such ratable  portion  available to the Agent,  such Lender and
the  Borrower  severally  agree to repay to the Agent  forthwith  on demand such
corresponding  amount together with interest thereon, for each day from the date
such  amount is made  available  to the  Borrower  until the date such amount is
repaid to the  Agent,  at (i) in the case of the  Borrower,  the  interest  rate
applicable at the time to A Advances comprising such A Borrowing and (ii) in the
case of such Lender,  the Federal  Funds Rate. If such Lender shall repay to the
Agent such  corresponding  amount,  such amount so repaid shall  constitute such
Lender's A Advance as part of such A Borrowing  for purposes of this  Agreement,
and the interest  payable  thereon shall be allocated  such that the Agent shall
receive (from a combination of the sum, if any, paid to the Agent by such Lender
pursuant to clause (ii) of the preceding  sentence and any interest payment made
by the  Borrower)  an amount equal to interest on such A Advance at the interest
rate  applicable  thereto  from  the  date  the  corresponding  amount  was made
available by the Agent to the Borrower as  contemplated  by this Section 2.02(c)
to and including the date such amount is repaid to the Agent by such Lender, and
such  Lender  shall  receive the balance of the  interest  payments  made by the
Borrower with respect to such Advance in accordance  with the provisions of this
Agreement.

         (d) The failure of any Lender to make the A Advance to be made by it as
part of any A Borrowing shall not relieve any other Lender of its obligation, if
any,  hereunder  to make its A Advance on the date of such A  Borrowing,  but no
Lender  shall be  responsible  for the failure of any other Lender to make the A
Advance to be made by such other Lender on the date of any A Borrowing.


<PAGE>

                                       14

         SECTION 2.03. The B Advances. (a) Each Lender severally agrees that the
Borrower may make B Borrowings  under this Section 2.03 from time to time on any
Business Day during the period from the date hereof until the date  occurring 30
days prior to the Termination Date in the manner set forth below; provided that,
following the making of each B Borrowing,  the aggregate  amount of the Advances
then outstanding shall not exceed the aggregate amount of the Commitments of the
Lenders (computed without regard to any B Reduction).

         (i) The Borrower  may request a B Borrowing  under this Section 2.03 by
delivering  to the Agent,  by  telecopier  or telex,  confirmed  immediately  in
writing, a notice of a B Borrowing (a "Notice of B Borrowing"), in substantially
the form of Exhibit B-2 hereto,  specifying the date and aggregate amount of the
proposed B Borrowing,  the maturity  date for  repayment of each B Advance to be
made as part of such B  Borrowing  (which  maturity  date (x) may not be earlier
than the date  occurring  seven days after the date of such B Borrowing or later
than 180  days  after  the date of such B  Borrowing  or the  Termination  Date,
whichever  occurs  first,  if the  Borrower  shall  specify  in the  Notice of B
Borrowing that the rates of interest to be offered by the Lenders shall be fixed
rates per  annum,  or (y)  shall be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 months  after the date of
such B  Borrowing  (but in no  event  later  than the  Termination  Date) if the
Borrower shall instead specify in the Notice of B Borrowing the basis to be used
by the Lenders in determining the rates of interest to be offered by them),  the
interest  payment  date or  dates  relating  thereto,  whether  the  proposed  B
Borrowing shall bear interest at a fixed or fluctuating rate per annum and, if a
fluctuating  rate is so  specified,  the  basis  to be used  by the  Lenders  in
determining  the rate of interest to be offered by them,  and any other terms to
be  applicable  to such B  Borrowing,  not later than 11:00 A.M.  (New York City
time)  (A) at  least  one  Business  Day  prior to the  date of the  proposed  B
Borrowing,  if the Borrower  shall specify in the Notice of B Borrowing that the
rates of interest  to be offered by the  Lenders  shall be fixed rates per annum
and (B) at  least  four  Business  Days  prior  to the  date of the  proposed  B
Borrowing,  if the Borrower  shall instead  specify in the Notice of B Borrowing
the basis to be used by the Lenders in  determining  the rates of interest to be
offered by them.  The Agent  shall in turn  promptly  notify each Lender of each
request for a B  Borrowing  received  by it from the  Borrower  by sending  such
Lender a copy of the related Notice of B Borrowing.

         (ii) Each Lender may, if, in its sole  discretion,  it elects to do so,
irrevocably offer to make one or more B Advances to the Borrower as part of such
proposed B Borrowing at a rate or rates of interest  specified by such Lender in
its sole  discretion,  by notifying  the Agent  (which shall give prompt  notice
thereof to the Borrower)  before 10:00 A.M. (New York City time) (A) on the date
of such proposed B Borrowing,  in the case of a Notice of B Borrowing  delivered
pursuant to clause (A) of paragraph (i) above and (B) three Business Days before
the date of such  proposed B  Borrowing,  in the case of a Notice of B Borrowing
delivered  pursuant to clause (B) of paragraph (i) above,  of the minimum amount
and maximum  amount of each B Advance which such Lender would be willing to make
as


<PAGE>

                                       15

part of such proposed B Borrowing  (which amounts may, subject to the proviso to
the first sentence of this Section  2.03(a),  exceed such Lender's  Commitment),
the rate or rates of interest  therefor  and such  Lender's  Applicable  Lending
Office  with  respect  to such B  Advance;  provided  that if the  Agent  in its
capacity  as a  Lender  shall,  in its sole  discretion,  elect to make any such
offer,  it shall notify the  Borrower of such offer  before 9:00 A.M.  (New York
City time) on the date on which  notice of such  election  is to be given to the
Agent by the other Lenders. If any Lender shall elect not to make such an offer,
such Lender shall so notify the Agent, before 10:00 A.M. (New York City time) on
the date on which  notice  of such  election  is to be given to the Agent by the
other  Lenders,  and such Lender shall not be obligated  to, and shall not, make
any B Advance  as part of such B  Borrowing;  provided  that the  failure by any
Lender to give such notice  shall not cause such Lender to be  obligated to make
any B Advance as part of such proposed B Borrowing.

         (iii) The Borrower shall, in turn, (A) before 11:00 A.M. (New York City
time) on the date of such  proposed  B  Borrowing,  in the case of a Notice of B
Borrowing delivered pursuant to clause (A) of paragraph (i) above and (B) before
12:00  Noon (New York City time)  three  Business  Days  before the date of such
proposed B Borrowing,  in the case of a Notice of B Borrowing delivered pursuant
to clause (B) of paragraph (i) above, either

                  (x) cancel such B Borrowing by giving the Agent notice to that
effect, or

                  (y)  accept  one or more of the  offers  made by any Lender or
Lenders  pursuant to paragraph  (ii) above,  in its sole  discretion,  by giving
notice to the Agent of the amount of each B Advance (which amount shall be equal
to or greater  than the  minimum  amount,  and equal to or less than the maximum
amount,  notified to the Borrower by the Agent on behalf of such Lender for such
B Advance pursuant to paragraph (ii) above) to be made by each Lender as part of
such B Borrowing,  and reject any remaining  offers made by Lenders  pursuant to
paragraph  (ii) above by giving the Agent notice to that effect;  provided  that
acceptance of offers may only be made on the basis of ascending  interest  rates
specified by the Lenders pursuant to paragraph (ii) above.

         (iv) If the  Borrower  notifies  the  Agent  that such B  Borrowing  is
cancelled  pursuant to  paragraph  (iii)(x)  above,  the Agent shall give prompt
notice thereof to the Lenders and such B Borrowing shall not be made.

         (v) If offers are made by two or more Lenders  with the same  specified
rate of interest  for a greater  aggregate  principal  amount than the amount in
respect of which offers are accepted for any B Borrowing,  the principal  amount
of B Advances in respect of which such offers are accepted shall be allocated by
the Agent  among  such  Lenders  as nearly as  possible  (in such  multiples  of
$1,000,000 as the Agent may deem appropriate) in


<PAGE>

                                       16

proportion to the aggregate  principal amount of such offers.  Determinations by
the Agent of the  amounts of B Advances  shall be  conclusive  in the absence of
manifest error.

         (vi) If the  Borrower  accepts  one or more of the  offers  made by any
Lender or Lenders pursuant to paragraph  (iii)(y) above, the Agent shall in turn
promptly notify (A) each Lender that has made an offer as described in paragraph
(ii) above, of the date and aggregate  amount of such B Borrowing and whether or
not any offer or offers made by such Lender  pursuant  to  paragraph  (ii) above
have been  accepted  by the  Borrower,  and (B) each  Lender that is to make a B
Advance as part of such B Borrowing,  of the amount of each B Advance to be made
by such  Lender as part of such B  Borrowing.  Each  Lender  that is to make a B
Advance  as part of such B  Borrowing  shall,  before  12:00 noon (New York City
time) on the date of such B Borrowing  specified in the notice received from the
Agent pursuant to clause (A) of the preceding  sentence,  make available for the
account of its Applicable Lending Office to the Agent at its address referred to
in Section 8.02(b) such Lenders portion of such B Borrowing,  in same day funds.
Upon  satisfaction  of the  applicable  conditions  set forth in Article III and
after  receipt  by the  Agent of such  funds,  the Agent  will  make such  funds
available to the Borrower at the Agent's aforesaid address.  Promptly after each
B Borrowing  the Agent will notify each Lender of the amount of the B Borrowing,
the  consequent B Reduction and the dates upon which such B Reduction  commenced
and will terminate.

         (b) Each B  Borrowing  shall be in an  aggregate  amount  not less than
$10,000,000  or an  integral  multiple  of  $1,000,000  in excess  thereof  and,
following  the making of each B Borrowing,  the Borrower  shall be in compliance
with the limitation set forth in the proviso to the first sentence of subsection
(a) above.

         (c) Within the limits and on the  conditions  set forth in this Section
2.03,  the Borrower may from time to time borrow under this Section 2.03,  repay
or prepay  pursuant to  subsection  (d) below,  and reborrow  under this Section
2.03;  provided that a B Borrowing shall not be made within two Business Days of
the date of any other B Borrowing.

         (d) The  Borrower  shall  repay to the  Agent for the  account  of each
Lender  which has made a B  Advance,  or each other  holder of a B Note,  on the
maturity date of each B Advance (such  maturity date being that specified by the
Borrower for  repayment  of such B Advance in the related  Notice of B Borrowing
delivered pursuant to subsection (a)(i) above), the then unpaid principal amount
of such B Advance.  The  Borrower  shall  have no right to prepay any  principal
amount of any B Advance  unless,  and then only on the terms,  specified  by the
Borrower  for such B Advance  in the  related  Notice of B  Borrowing  delivered
pursuant  to  subsection  (a)(i)  above;  provided  that the  Borrower  shall be
obligated  to  reimburse  each Lender  whose B Advance  has been  prepaid by the
Borrower in respect thereof pursuant to Section 8.04(b).


<PAGE>

                                       17


         (e) The Borrower shall pay interest on the unpaid  principal  amount of
each B Advance from the date of such B Advance to the date the principal  amount
of such B Advance is repaid in full,  at the rate of interest for such B Advance
specified by the Lender making such B Advance in its notice with respect thereto
delivered  pursuant to subsection  (a)(ii)  above,  payable on the maturity date
specified by the Borrower for such B Advance and on each other interest  payment
date or dates specified by the Borrower for such B Advance in the related Notice
of B Borrowing delivered pursuant to subsection (a)(i) above; provided, however,
that if the  maturity  date of the B Advances  comprising  a B Borrowing is more
than 90 days after the date of such B Borrowing,  then interest shall be payable
on each day  which  occurs  at  intervals  of 90 days  after  the date of such B
Borrowing;  provided,  further,  that any amount of principal  which is not paid
when due (whether at stated  maturity,  by acceleration or otherwise) shall bear
interest, from the date on which such amount is due until such amount is paid in
full,  payable on demand,  at a rate per annum  equal at all times (i) from such
due date to the  applicable  maturity  date,  to 2% per annum above the interest
rate otherwise payable with respect to such B Advance  hereunder,  and (ii) from
and after the applicable maturity date, to 2% per annum above the Alternate Base
Rate in effect from time to time.

         SECTION 2.04. Fees. (a) Facility Fee. The Borrower agrees to pay to the
Agent,  for the  account of each  Lender,  a facility  fee on the daily  average
amount of such Lender's  Commitment  (including both the portion thereof that is
used and the portion thereof that is unused) from the date hereof in the case of
each Lender  listed on the signature  pages hereof and from the  effective  date
specified in the Assignment and Acceptance  pursuant to which it became a Lender
in the case of each other Lender until the Termination Date,  payable in arrears
on the last day of each March,  June,  September and December during the term of
such Lender's Commitment,  commencing September 30, 1997, and on the Termination
Date, at the rate of (i) .070% per annum during each Level I Period,  (ii) .080%
per annum  during each Level II Period,  (iii) .100% per annum during each Level
III Period,  (iv) .125% per annum  during each Level IV Period and (v) .175% per
annum during each Level V Period.

         (b) Agent's Fees. The Borrower  agrees to pay to the Agent certain fees
for its role hereunder and in connection  with the execution and delivery hereof
in the  amounts  and at the times  described  in one or more  letter  agreements
between the  Borrower  and the Agent dated on or about the date  hereof,  as the
same may be amended, modified, supplemented or replaced from time to time by the
mutual  agreement of the Borrower and the Agent.  All such fees shall be for the
sole account and benefit of the Agent.

         SECTION 2.05.  Termination,  Reduction or Increase of the  Commitments.
(a)  Termination  or Reduction of the  Commitments.  The Borrower shall have the
right,  upon at least three Business Days' notice to the Agent,  to terminate in
whole  or  reduce  ratably  in  part  the  unused  portions  of  the  respective
Commitments of the Lenders; provided, that the


<PAGE>

                                       18

aggregate  amount of the  Commitments  of the Lenders shall not be reduced to an
amount which is less than the aggregate  principal amount of the B Advances then
outstanding;  provided  further  that  each  partial  reduction  shall be in the
aggregate amount of $10,000,000 or an integral  multiple of $1,000,000 in excess
thereof. Any Commitments  terminated or reduced by the Borrower pursuant to this
Section  2.05 may not be  reinstated,  unless  pursuant  to an  increase  of the
Commitments as described below in Section 2.05(b).

         (b) Increase in Aggregate of the  Commitments.  (i) The Borrower may at
any time,  by notice to the  Agent,  propose  that the  aggregate  amount of the
Commitments be increased (such incremental increased amount being, a "Commitment
Increase"),  effective as at a date prior to the Termination  Date (an "Increase
Date") as to which  agreement is to be reached by an earlier  date  specified in
such notice (a "Commitment Date"); provided,  however, that (A) the Borrower may
not propose more than two Commitment  Increases in any 12-month period,  (B) the
minimum proposed Commitment Increase per notice shall be $25,000,000,  (C) in no
event  shall  the  aggregate  amount  of  the  Commitments  at any  time  exceed
$650,000,000,  (D) the  Borrower has a Public Debt Rating from S&P or Moody's of
better than or equal to BBB- or Baa3,  respectively,  but if the  Borrower has a
Public  Debt  Rating  from both S&P and  Moody's,  the Public Debt Rating of the
Borrower is better than or equal to BBB- and Baa3, respectively,  (E) no Default
shall  have  occurred  and  be  continuing  on  such  Increase  Date  and  (F) a
certificate as to corporate  authorization  and other  documentation  similar to
that  delivered  pursuant to Section  3.01 is  received by the Agent.  The Agent
shall notify the Lenders  thereof  promptly upon its receipt of any such notice.
The Agent agrees that it will cooperate  with the Borrower in  discussions  with
the Lenders and other assignees with a view to arranging the proposed Commitment
Increase  through the increase of the  Commitments of one or more of the Lenders
(each such Lender that is willing to increase its Commitment  hereunder being an
"Increasing Lender") and the addition of one or more other assignees as Assuming
Lenders and as parties to this Agreement; provided, however, that it shall be in
each Lender's sole  discretion  whether to increase its Commitment  hereunder in
connection with the proposed Commitment Increase;  and provided further that the
minimum  Commitment  of each such  Assuming  Lender that becomes a party to this
Agreement  pursuant  to  this  Section  2.05(b)  shall  be  at  least  equal  to
$25,000,000.   If  any  of  the  Lenders  agree  to  increase  their  respective
Commitments  by an  aggregate  amount  in  excess  of  the  proposed  Commitment
Increase, the proposed Commitment Increase shall be allocated among such Lenders
as determined at such time by the Borrower.  If agreement is reached on or prior
to the  applicable  Commitment  Date with any  Increasing  Lenders and  Assuming
Lenders as to a Commitment Increase (which may be less than but not greater than
specified in the  applicable  notice from the  Borrower),  such  agreement to be
evidenced by a notice in reasonable  detail from the Borrower to the Agent on or
prior to the applicable  Commitment Date, such Assuming  Lenders,  if any, shall
become Lenders hereunder as of the applicable  Increase Date and the Commitments
of such Increasing  Lenders and such Assuming Lenders shall become or be, as the
case may be, as of the  Increase  Date,  the amounts  specified  in such notice;
provided that:


<PAGE>

                                       19


                  (x) the  Agent  shall  have  received  (with  copies  for each
         Lender,  including  each such  Assuming  Lender) by no later than 10:00
         A.M.  (New  York  City  time) on the  applicable  Increase  Date a copy
         certified  by the  Secretary,  an  Assistant  Secretary or a comparable
         officer of the  Borrower,  of the  resolutions  adopted by the Board of
         Directors of the Borrower authorizing such Commitment  Increase,  which
         resolutions shall be satisfactory to the Agent;

                  (y) each such  Assuming  Lender  shall have  delivered  to the
         Agent by no later than 10:00 A.M. (New York City time) on such Increase
         Date, an appropriate  Assumption Agreement in substantially the form of
         Exhibit  D  hereto,  duly  executed  by such  Assuming  Lender  and the
         Borrower; and

                  (z) each such  Increasing  Lender shall have  delivered to the
         Agent by no later than 10:00 A.M. (New York City time) on such Increase
         Date  (A)  its  existing  A  Note  and  (B)   confirmation  in  writing
         satisfactory to the Agent as to its increased Commitment.

                  (ii) In the event that the Agent  shall have  received  notice
from the Borrower as to its  agreement  to a Commitment  Increase on or prior to
the applicable  Commitment Date and each of the actions  provided for in clauses
(x)  through (z) above shall have  occurred  prior to 10:00 A.M.  (New York City
time) on the  applicable  Increase  Date,  the Agent  shall  notify the  Lenders
(including  any Assuming  Lenders) and the  Borrower of the  occurrence  of such
Commitment Increase by telephone,  confirmed immediately in writing,  telecopier
or telex and in any event no later  than 1:00 P.M.  (New York City time) on such
Increase  Date and shall record in the Register  the relevant  information  with
respect to each Increasing  Lender and Assuming Lender.  Each Increasing  Lender
and each  Assuming  Lender  shall,  before 2:00 P.M. (New York City time) on the
applicable  Increase  Date,  make  available  for the account of its  Applicable
Lending Office to the Agent at the Agent's  Account,  in same day funds,  in the
case of such Assuming Lender,  an amount equal to such Assuming Lender's ratable
portion of the A Borrowings then outstanding (calculated based on its Commitment
as a percentage of the aggregate Commitments  outstanding after giving effect to
the relevant Commitment Increase) and, in the case of such Increasing Lender, an
amount equal to the excess of (i) such  Increasing  Lender's  ratable portion of
the A Borrowings  then  outstanding  (calculated  based on its  Commitment  as a
percentage of the aggregate  Commitments  outstanding after giving effect to the
relevant Commitment Increase) over (ii) such Increasing Lender's ratable portion
of the A  Borrowings  then  outstanding  (calculated  based  on  its  Commitment
(without giving effect to the relevant  Commitment  Increase) as a percentage of
the aggregate  Commitments  (without  giving  effect to the relevant  Commitment
Increase).  After the  Agent's  receipt of such funds from each such  Increasing
Lender and each such Assuming Lender,  the Agent will promptly  thereafter cause
to be  distributed  like  funds to the other  Lenders  for the  account of their
respective  Applicable  Lending  Offices in an amount to each other  Lender such
that the aggregate amount of the


<PAGE>

                                       20

outstanding  A  Advances  owing  to each  Lender  after  giving  effect  to such
distribution  equals such  Lender's  ratable  portion of the A  Borrowings  then
outstanding (calculated based on its Commitment as a percentage of the aggregate
Commitments   outstanding  after  giving  effect  to  the  relevant   Commitment
Increase). Within five Business Days after the Borrower receives notice from the
Agent, the Borrower, at its own expense, shall execute and deliver to the Agent,
A Notes  payable  to the  order  of each  Assuming  Lender,  if any,  and,  each
Increasing  Lender,  dated as of the  applicable  Increase  Date, in a principal
amount equal to such  Lender's  Commitment  after giving  effect to the relevant
Commitment  Increase,  and substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 hereto.  The
Agent, upon receipt of such A Notes,  shall promptly deliver such A Notes to the
respective Assuming Lenders and Increasing Lenders.

         (iii) In the event that the Agent shall not have  received  notice from
the Borrower as to such agreement on or prior to the applicable  Commitment Date
or that Borrower shall, by notice to the Agent prior to the applicable  Increase
Date,  withdraw its  proposal  for a  Commitment  Increase or any of the actions
provided for above in clauses  (i)(x)  through (i)(z) shall not have occurred by
10:00 A.M. (New York City time) on the such Increase Date,  such proposal by the
Borrower  shall be deemed  not to have been made.  In such  event,  any  actions
theretofore  taken under clauses  (i)(x) through (i)(z) above shall be deemed to
be of no effect and all the rights and obligations of the parties shall continue
as if no such proposal had been made.

         SECTION  2.06.  Repayment of A Advances.  The Borrower  shall repay the
principal  amount of each A Advance  made by each  Lender on the last day of the
Interest Period for such A Advance.

         SECTION 2.07.  Interest on A Advances.  The Borrower shall pay interest
on the unpaid  principal  amount of each A Advance  made by each Lender from the
date of such A Advance until such principal amount shall be paid in full, at the
following rates per annum and at the following times:

         (a)  Alternate  Base Rate  Advances.  If such A Advance is an Alternate
Base Rate  Advance,  a rate per annum equal at all times to the  Alternate  Base
Rate in effect  from  time to time,  payable  quarterly  on the last day of each
March,  June,  September,  and December and on the date such Alternate Base Rate
Advance shall be paid in full; provided that any amount of principal or interest
which is not paid when due  (whether  at stated  maturity,  by  acceleration  or
otherwise) shall bear interest,  from the date on which such amount is due until
such amount is paid in full, payable on demand, at a rate per annum equal at all
times to 2% per annum above the Alternate Base Rate in effect from time to time.


<PAGE>

                                       21

         (b) Eurodollar  Rate Advances.  If such A Advance is a Eurodollar  Rate
Advance, a rate per annum equal at all times during the Interest Period for such
A Advance to the sum of the  Eurodollar  Rate for such Interest  Period plus the
applicable  Eurodollar  Margin,  payable on the last day of such Interest Period
and, if such Interest Period is longer than three months,  at intervals of three
months  after the first day  thereof;  provided  that any amount of principal or
interest which is not paid when due (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration
or  otherwise)  shall bear  interest,  from the date on which such amount is due
until such amount is paid in full,  payable on demand, at a rate per annum equal
at all times (i) from such due date to the last day of the  applicable  Interest
Period,  to 2% per annum above the interest rate otherwise  payable with respect
to such A  Advance  hereunder,  and  (ii)  from  and  after  the last day of the
applicable  Interest  Period,  to 2% per annum above the Alternate  Base Rate in
effect from time to time.

         SECTION  2.08.  Notes.  The  obligation  of the Borrower to repay the A
Advances  made to the  Borrower  by  each  Lender  hereunder  shall  be  further
evidenced  by an A Note in favor of such  Lender  in the form and  substance  of
Exhibit A-1  attached  hereto.  The  obligation  of the  Borrower to repay the B
Advances  made to the  Borrower by any Lender  shall be evidenced by a B Note in
favor of such Lender in the form and substance of Exhibit A-2 attached hereto.

         SECTION  2.09.  Interest Rate  Determination.  (a) The Agent shall give
prompt  notice to the Borrower and the Lenders of the  applicable  interest rate
determined by the Agent for purposes of Section 2.07(a) or (b).

         (b) If the Majority Lenders shall, at least one Business Day before the
date of any requested A Borrowing comprised of Eurodollar Rate Advances,  notify
the Agent that the Eurodollar Rate for Eurodollar Rate Advances  comprising such
A Borrowing  will not  adequately  reflect the cost to such Majority  Lenders of
making,  funding or maintaining  their  respective  Eurodollar Rate Advances for
such A  Borrowing,  the Agent shall  forthwith  so notify the  Borrower  and the
Lenders,  whereupon the right of the Borrower to select Eurodollar Rate Advances
for such A Borrowing or any subsequent A Borrowing  shall be suspended until the
Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders that the  circumstances  causing
such suspension no longer exist, and each A Advance  comprising such A Borrowing
shall be an Alternate Base Rate Advance.

         SECTION 2.10. Sharing of Payments,  Etc. If any Lender shall obtain any
payment (whether  voluntary,  involuntary,  through the exercise of any right of
set-off,  or  otherwise)  on account of the A  Advances  made by it (other  than
pursuant to Section 2.12 or 2.15) in excess of its ratable  share of payments on
account  of the A  Advances  obtained  by all the  Lenders,  such  Lender  shall
forthwith purchase from the other Lenders such  participations in the A Advances
made by them as shall be necessary to cause such purchasing  Lender to share the
excess payment ratably with each of them; provided, however, that if all or any


<PAGE>
                                       22

portion of such excess  payment is  thereafter  recovered  from such  purchasing
Lender,  such purchase from each Lender shall be rescinded and such Lender shall
repay to the purchasing Lender the purchase price to the extent of such recovery
together with an amount equal to such Lender's  ratable share  (according to the
proportion  of (i) the amount of such  Lender's  required  repayment to (ii) the
total amount so recovered from the  purchasing  Lender) of any interest or other
amount paid or payable by the  purchasing  Lender in respect of the total amount
so recovered.  The Borrower agrees that any Lender so purchasing a participation
from another  Lender  pursuant to this  Section 2.10 may, to the fullest  extent
permitted  by law,  exercise all its rights of payment  (including  the right of
set-off) with respect to such  participation as fully as if such Lender were the
direct creditor of the Borrower in the amount of such participation.

         SECTION 2.11. Prepayments of A Advances. (a) The Borrower shall have no
right to prepay any principal amount of any A Advances other than as provided in
subsection (b) below.

         (b) The Borrower  may, upon at least two Business  Days' notice,  or in
the case of A Borrowings  comprised of Alternate Base Rate Advances notice given
not later  than 11:00 A.M.  (New York City time) one  Business  Day prior to the
proposed  date of  prepayment,  to the  Agent  stating  the  proposed  date  and
aggregate  principal  amount of the prepayment,  and if such notice is given the
Borrower  shall,  prepay  the  outstanding  principal  amounts of the A Advances
comprising  part of the same A Borrowing  in whole or ratably in part,  together
with accrued  interest to the date of such  prepayment on the  principal  amount
prepaid;  provided,  however,  that (x) each partial  prepayment  shall be in an
aggregate  principal amount not less than $10,000,000 or an integral multiple of
$1,000,000 in excess  thereof,  and (y) in the case of any such  prepayment of a
Eurodollar  Rate  Advance,  the Borrower  shall be  obligated  to reimburse  the
Lenders in respect thereof pursuant to Section 8.04(b).

         (c) Except as provided in Section  2.03(d),  the Borrower shall have no
right to prepay any principal amount of any B Advance.

         SECTION 2.12.  Increased Costs.  (a) If, after the date hereof,  due to
either (i) the  introduction  of or any change  (other than any change by way of
imposition or increase of reserve  requirements,  in the case of Eurodollar Rate
Advances,  included in the  Eurodollar  Rate  Reserve  Percentage)  in or in the
interpretation  of any  law or  regulation  or  (ii)  the  compliance  with  any
guideline  or request  from any  central  bank or other  governmental  authority
(whether  or not having the force of law),  there  shall be any  increase in the
cost to any  Lender  of  agreeing  to make or  making,  funding  or  maintaining
Eurodollar  Rate  Advances,  then the  Borrower  shall  from time to time,  upon
written  demand by such Lender (with a copy of such demand to the Agent),  which
demand  must be made no later  than the date that is one year  after the date on
which the Commitments have been terminated and all


<PAGE>

                                       23

sums owing hereunder have been paid in full, pay to the Agent for the account of
such Lender  additional  amounts  sufficient to compensate  such Lender for such
increased cost. A certificate as to the amount of such increased cost, submitted
to the Borrower and the Agent by such Lender,  shall be  conclusive  and binding
for all purposes, absent manifest error. It shall be assumed, for the purpose of
computing  amounts to be paid by the  Borrower to CUSA  pursuant to this Section
2.12(a),  that  the  making,  funding  or  maintaining  by CUSA  of any  Advance
hereunder has been by Citibank.

         (b) If any Lender determines that compliance with any law or regulation
or any  guideline  or  request  from  any  central  bank or  other  governmental
authority (whether or not having the force of law) affects the amount of capital
to be maintained by such Lender or any corporation  controlling  such Lender and
that the amount of such capital is  increased by or based upon the  existence of
such Lender's  commitment to lend hereunder and other  commitments of this type,
then,  upon  written  demand by such  Lender  (with a copy of such demand to the
Agent),  which demand must be made no later than the date that is one year after
the date on which  the  Commitments  have  been  terminated  and all sums  owing
hereunder  have been paid in full,  the Borrower  shall  immediately  pay to the
Agent for the account of such  Lender,  from time to time as  specified  by such
Lender,  additional  amounts  sufficient  to  compensate  such  Lender  or  such
corporation in the light of such  circumstances,  to the extent that such Lender
reasonably  determines such increase in capital is allocable to the existence of
such Lender's  commitment to lend  hereunder.  A certificate  as to such amounts
submitted to the Borrower and the Agent by such Lender shall be  conclusive  and
binding for all purposes,  absent manifest  error. It shall be assumed,  for the
purpose of computing amounts to be paid by the Borrower to CUSA pursuant to this
Section 2.12(b), that the making,  funding or maintaining by CUSA of any Advance
hereunder has been by Citibank.

         (c) Each  Lender  agrees  that if the  Borrower is required to make any
payments to such Lender upon demand therefor pursuant to Sections 2.12(a) or (b)
such Lender shall use  reasonable  efforts to select an  alternative  Applicable
Lending  Office  which would avoid the need  thereafter  for making such demand;
provided,  however,  that no Lender shall be obligated to select an  alternative
Applicable Lending Office if such Lender determines in its reasonable discretion
that (i) as a result of such  selection such Lender would be in violation of any
applicable  law,  regulation,  treaty or  directive of any central bank or other
governmental   authority,   or  (ii)   such   selection   would   be   otherwise
disadvantageous to such Lender.

         SECTION 2.13.  Illegality.  (a)  Notwithstanding any other provision of
this Agreement, if any Lender shall notify the Agent that the introduction of or
any  change  in or in the  interpretation  of any  law or  regulation  makes  it
unlawful, or any central bank or other governmental authority asserts that it is
unlawful,  for any  Lender  or its  Eurodollar  Lending  Office to  perform  its
obligations hereunder to make Eurodollar Rate Advances or to fund or


<PAGE>

                                       24

maintain Eurodollar Rate Advances  hereunder,  (i) the obligation of the Lenders
to make Eurodollar Rate Advances shall be suspended until the Agent shall notify
the Borrower and the Lenders that the  circumstances  causing such suspension no
longer exist and (ii) the Borrower shall forthwith prepay in full all Eurodollar
Rate Advances of all Lenders then  outstanding,  together with interest  accrued
thereon.

         (b) Each Lender agrees that if it  determines,  or if a central bank or
other  governmental  authority  asserts,  that it is unlawful for such Lender to
make, fund or maintain Eurodollar Rate Advances hereunder, such Lender shall use
reasonable efforts to select an alternative Eurodollar Lending Office to perform
its obligations  hereunder to make,  fund or maintain  Eurodollar Rate Advances;
provided,  however,  that no Lender shall be obligated to select an  alternative
Eurodollar Lending Office if such Lender determines in its reasonable discretion
that (i) as a result of such  selection such Lender would be in violation of any
applicable  law,  regulation,  treaty or  directive of any central bank or other
governmental   authority,   or  (ii)   such   selection   would   be   otherwise
disadvantageous to such Lender.

         SECTION 2.14.  Payments and  Computations.  (a) The Borrower shall make
each payment  hereunder  and under the Notes not later than 11:00 A.M. (New York
City  time) on the day  when due in U.S.  dollars  to the  Agent at its  address
referred  to in  Section  8.02(b) in same day  funds.  The Agent  will  promptly
thereafter  cause to be  distributed  like  funds  relating  to the  payment  of
principal  or interest or facility  fees  ratably  (other than  amounts  payable
pursuant to Section 2.03,  2.12 or 2.15) to the Lenders for the account of their
respective Applicable Lending Offices, and like funds relating to the payment of
any other  amount  payable to any Lender to such  Lender for the  account of its
Applicable  Lending  Office,  in each case to be applied in accordance  with the
terms of this Agreement. Upon its acceptance of an Assignment and Acceptance and
recording  of the  information  contained  therein in the  Register  pursuant to
Section 8.07(d),  from and after the effective date specified in such Assignment
and Acceptance,  the Agent shall make all payments hereunder and under the Notes
in respect of the interest  assigned thereby to the Lender assignee  thereunder,
and the parties to such  Assignment  and Acceptance  shall make all  appropriate
adjustments  in such payments for periods prior to such  effective date directly
between themselves.

         (b) The Borrower hereby  authorizes  each Lender,  if and to the extent
payment  owed to such  Lender is not made when due  hereunder  or under any Note
held by such  Lender,  to charge from time to time against (i) any or all of the
Borrower's  accounts  with such Lender or (ii) in the event any such  payment is
not made to CUSA when due, any or all of the  Borrower's  accounts with Citibank
or any other Affiliate of CUSA (and the Borrower hereby authorizes  Citibank and
each such Affiliate to permit such charge), any amount so due.

         (c) All computations of interest based on the Alternate Base Rate shall
be made by the Agent on the basis of a year of 365 or 366 days,  as the case may
be, and all


<PAGE>

                                       25

computations  of interest based on the Eurodollar Rate or the Federal Funds Rate
and of interest on B Advances prior to the maturity date applicable  thereto and
of facility  fees shall be made by the Agent on the basis of a year of 360 days,
in each  case  for the  actual  number  of days  (including  the  first  day but
excluding the last day)  occurring in the period for which such interest or fees
are payable. Each determination by the Agent of an interest rate hereunder shall
be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error.

         (d) Whenever any payment  hereunder and under the Notes shall be stated
to be due on a day other than a Business  Day, such payment shall be made on the
next  succeeding  Business Day, and such extension of time shall in such case be
included in the  computation of payment of interest or facility fee, as the case
may be; provided,  however, if such extension would cause payment of interest on
or  principal  of  Eurodollar  Rate  Advances  to be made in the next  following
calendar month, such payment shall be made on the next preceding Business Day.

         (e) Unless the Agent shall have received notice from the Borrower prior
to the  date on which  any  payment  is due to the  Lenders  hereunder  that the
Borrower  will not make such  payment  in full,  the Agent may  assume  that the
Borrower  has made such  payment in full to the Agent on such date and the Agent
may, in reliance upon such assumption, cause to be distributed to each Lender on
such due date an amount equal to the amount then due such Lender.  If and to the
extent  that the  Borrower  shall not have so made such  payment  in full to the
Agent,  each  Lender  shall repay to the Agent  forthwith  on demand such amount
distributed to such Lender together with interest thereon, for each day from the
date such amount is distributed to such Lender until the date such Lender repays
such amount to the Agent, at the Federal Funds Rate.

         SECTION 2.15.  Taxes. (a) All payments by the Borrower  hereunder shall
be made  without  set-off  or  counterclaim  and free and  clear of and  without
deduction  on  account  of  restrictions  or  conditions  of any  nature  now or
hereafter  imposed or levied by the United States or any  political  subdivision
thereof,  except as  specifically  provided to the contrary in Section  2.15(b),
unless the  Borrower  is required  by law to make such  deductions.  If any such
obligation is imposed upon the Borrower with respect to any amount payable by it
hereunder, it will pay to each affected Lender, on the date on which such amount
becomes due and payable hereunder,  such additional amount as shall be necessary
to enable  such  Lender  to  receive  the same net  amount  which it would  have
received on such due date had no such obligation been imposed upon the Borrower.

         (b) Each  payment to be made by the  Borrower  hereunder  to any Lender
shall be made free and clear of and without  deduction or withholding  for or on
account of any tax imposed by any  governmental or taxing authority of or in the
United States unless the Borrower is required to make such a payment  subject to
the deduction or withholding of such tax, in which case the Borrower will pay to
each affected Lender, on the date on which

<PAGE>

                                       26

such amount becomes due and payable  hereunder,  such additional amount as shall
be necessary to enable such Lender to receive the same net amount which it would
have  received on such due date had no such  obligation  been  imposed  upon the
Borrower;  provided, however, that the Borrower shall not be required to pay any
additional  amount on account of any tax of, or imposed  by, the United  States,
pursuant to this Section 2.15(b),  to any Lender and shall be entitled to deduct
and  withhold  such tax if such  Lender (i) shall have  failed to submit a valid
United States  Internal  Revenue Service Form 1001 or any successor form thereto
("Form 1001")  relating to such Lender and entitling it to a complete  exemption
from  deduction  or  withholding  on all amounts to be received by such  Lender,
including fees,  pursuant to this  Agreement,  or a valid United States Internal
Revenue  Service Form 4224 or any successor form thereto ("Form 4224")  relating
to such Lender and entitling it to receive all amounts, including fees, pursuant
to this Agreement,  without deduction or withholding,  or a statement conforming
to the requirements of United States Treasury  Regulation  1.1441-5(b),  or (ii)
shall have failed to submit such form or other statement which it is required to
deliver pursuant to Section 2.15(c) hereof.

         (c)  Prior to the  date of the  initial  Borrowing  in the case of each
Lender listed on the signature  pages hereof,  and on the date of the Assignment
and  Acceptance  pursuant  to which it became a Lender in the case of each other
Lender,  each Lender  agrees that it will deliver to the  Borrower  either (i) a
statement,  in  duplicate,  conforming  to the  requirements  of  United  States
Treasury Regulation Section 1.1441-5(b), or (ii) if it is not incorporated under
the laws of the United States or a state thereof,  two duly completed  copies of
Form 1001 or 4224, or successor applicable forms, as the case may be, certifying
that such Lender is entitled to receive  payments under this  Agreement  without
deduction or withholding  of any United States federal income taxes.  Subject to
any change in applicable laws or regulations,  each Lender which delivers to the
Borrower a Form 1001 or 4224,  or successor  applicable  forms,  pursuant to the
provisions  of this  Section  2.15(c),  further  undertakes  to  deliver  to the
Borrower,  upon request by the Borrower, two further copies of said Form 1001 or
4224, or successor  applicable  forms,  on or before the date that any such form
expires or becomes  obsolete  certifying that such Lender is entitled to receive
payments  under this  Agreement  without  deduction or withholding of any United
States federal income taxes.

         (d) Without  prejudice  to the  survival of any other  agreement of the
Borrower hereunder,  the agreements and obligations of the Borrower contained in
this  Section  2.15  shall  survive  the  termination  of  this  Agreement,  the
termination of the Commitments and the payment in full of the Notes.

         (e) Each Lender agrees that if the Borrower is required to increase any
amounts  payable to such Lender under Sections  2.15(a) or 2.15(b),  such Lender
shall use reasonable efforts to select an alternative  Applicable Lending Office
which would not result in such increased payment by the Borrower to such Lender;
provided, however, that no

<PAGE>

                                       27

Lender shall be obligated to select an alternative  Applicable Lending Office if
such Lender determines in its reasonable discretion that (i) as a result of such
selection such Lender would be in violation of any applicable  law,  regulation,
treaty or directive of any central bank or other governmental authority, or (ii)
such selection would be otherwise disadvantageous to such Lender.


                                   ARTICLE III

                              CONDITIONS OF LENDING

         SECTION   3.01.   Condition   Precedent   to  Initial   Advances.   The
effectiveness  of the  Commitment  of each  Lender is subject  to the  condition
precedent  that  the  Agent  shall  have  received  the  following,  in form and
substance  satisfactory  to the Agent and (except  for the Notes) in  sufficient
copies for each Lender:

         (a) The Notes payable to the order of the Lenders, respectively.

         (b) This Agreement executed by the Borrower,  the Agent and each of the
Lenders.

         (c) Certified  copies of the  resolutions  of the Board of Directors of
the  Borrower  approving  this  Agreement  and the  Notes  and of all  documents
evidencing other necessary corporate action and governmental  approvals, if any,
with respect to this Agreement and the Notes.

         (d) A  certificate  of the  Secretary or an Assistant  Secretary of the
Borrower  certifying  the  names  and true  signatures  of the  officers  of the
Borrower authorized to sign this Agreement and the Notes and the other documents
to be delivered hereunder.

         (e) A favorable opinion of Wilson, Sonsini,  Goodrich & Rosati, special
counsel for the Borrower,  substantially  in the form attached hereto as Exhibit
E, and  covering  such  other  matters  as any  Lender  through  the  Agent  may
reasonably request.

         (f) Evidence that the  obligations of the lenders and agent  (including
commitments to make advances  thereunder)  under that certain  Credit  Agreement
dated as of June 28, 1996 among the Borrower,  the lenders  thereunder and CUSA,
as agent for the lenders  thereunder,  as amended,  have been terminated and all
unpaid  principal and interest  thereunder and all other amounts then payable by
the  Borrower  thereunder  have  been  paid in full  (or will be paid in full by
application of the proceeds of the initial Borrowing hereunder).

         (g) A favorable opinion of Shearman & Sterling, counsel for the Agent.


<PAGE>

                                       28


         SECTION 3.02. Conditions Precedent to Each A Borrowing.  The obligation
of  each  Lender  to make  an A  Advance  on the  occasion  of each A  Borrowing
(including the initial A Borrowing)  shall be subject to the further  conditions
precedent that (i) the Agent shall have received the written confirmatory Notice
of A Borrowing with respect thereto and (ii) on the date of such A Borrowing (a)
the following statements shall be true (and each of the giving of the applicable
Notice of A Borrowing and the acceptance by the Borrower of the proceeds of such
A Borrowing shall constitute a representation  and warranty by the Borrower that
on the date of such A Borrowing such statements are true):

         (1) The  representations  and warranties  contained in Section 4.01 are
     correct  on  and  as  of  the  date  of  such  A   Borrowing   (except  the
     representation  contained in Section  4.01(e) which shall be made only upon
     the  initial  A  Borrowing),  before  and  after  giving  effect  to such A
     Borrowing and to the application of the proceeds therefrom,  as though made
     on and as of such  date  (except  to the  extent  such  representations  or
     warranties specifically relate to an earlier date, in which case they shall
     be true and correct as of such date),

         (2) No Default or Event of Default has occurred and is  continuing,  or
     would result from such A Borrowing or from the  application of the proceeds
     therefrom, and

         (3) The aggregate  amount of such A Borrowing and all other  Borrowings
     to be made on the same day hereunder is within the aggregate  amount of the
     unused Commitments of the Lenders, and

         (b) if the Agent or any Lender  has any  reason to believe  that any of
the conditions set forth in this Section 3.02 shall not be satisfied on the date
of such A Borrowing,  then the Agent shall have received  such other  approvals,
opinions  or  documents  as the  Agent or such  Lender  through  the  Agent  may
reasonably request.

         SECTION 3.03. Conditions Precedent to Each B Borrowing.  The obligation
of each  Lender  which is to make a B Advance on the  occasion  of a B Borrowing
(including  the  initial B  Borrowing)  to make such B Advance as part of such B
Borrowing  shall be subject to the  further  conditions  precedent  that (i) the
Agent shall have received the written  confirmatory  Notice of B Borrowing  with
respect  thereto,  and  (ii)  on the  date  of such B  Borrowing  the  following
statements  shall be true (and each of the giving of the applicable  Notice of B
Borrowing and the acceptance by the Borrower of the proceeds of such B Borrowing
shall constitute a representation  and warranty by the Borrower that on the date
of such B Borrowing such statements are true):

         (a) The  representations  and warranties  contained in Section 4.01 are
correct on and as of the date of such B Borrowing before and after giving effect
to such B

<PAGE>

                                       29

Borrowing and to the  application of the proceeds  therefrom,  as though made on
and as of such date  (except to the extent such  representations  or  warranties
specifically  relate to an  earlier  date,  in which case they shall be true and
correct as of such date),

         (b) No Default or Event of Default has occurred and is  continuing,  or
would  result  from such B Borrowing  or from the  application  of the  proceeds
therefrom, and

         (c) The aggregate  amount of such B Borrowing and all other  Borrowings
to be made on the same day  hereunder  is  within  the  aggregate  amount of the
unused Commitments of the Lenders.


                                   ARTICLE IV

                         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

         SECTION 4.01.  Representations  and  Warranties  of the  Borrower.  The
Borrower represents and warrants as follows:

         (a) The Borrower is a corporation duly organized,  validly existing and
in good standing under the laws of the  jurisdiction  indicated at the beginning
of this Agreement.  Each Subsidiary is duly organized and validly existing under
the laws of the jurisdiction in which it is incorporated and is in good standing
under the laws of such  jurisdiction  except  where the failure to so be in good
standing  (i) in the  case of  Restricted  Subsidiaries,  is  remedied  within a
reasonable  time period after a  Responsible  Officer has  knowledge of any such
failure,  and (ii) such failure will not have a material  adverse  effect on the
business,  financial condition, assets, properties or operations of the Borrower
or the Borrower  and its  Subsidiaries  taken as a whole.  The Borrower and each
Restricted Subsidiary has the corporate power to own its respective property and
to carry on its respective business as now being conducted.

         (b) The  execution,  delivery and  performance  by the Borrower of this
Agreement and the Notes are within the Borrower's  corporate  powers,  have been
duly authorized by all necessary corporate action, and do not contravene (i) the
Borrower's charter or by-laws or (ii) any law or contractual restriction binding
on or affecting the Borrower.

         (c) No  authorization  or approval or other action by, and no notice to
or filing with, any  governmental  authority or regulatory  body is required for
the due execution, delivery and performance by the Borrower of this Agreement or
the Notes.


<PAGE>

                                       30

         (d) This Agreement is, and the Notes when delivered  hereunder will be,
legal,  valid and binding  obligations of the Borrower  enforceable  against the
Borrower in accordance with their respective terms, except as enforceability may
be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency,  reorganization,  moratorium or
similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights generally.

         (e) The audited  consolidated  balance sheet of the Borrower as at June
30,  1996,  and the  related  consolidated  audited  statements  of  income  and
stockholders'  equity of the Borrower for the fiscal year then ended,  copies of
which  have been  furnished  to each  Lender,  fairly  present  in all  material
respects the  consolidated  financial  condition of the Borrower as at such date
and the  consolidated  results of the  operations of the Borrower for the period
ended  on such  date,  all in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting
principles  consistently  applied  except as noted  therein,  and since June 30,
1996,  there has been no  material  adverse  change in the  business,  financial
condition,  assets, properties or operations of the Borrower or the Borrower and
its Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

         (f) There is no pending or, to the knowledge of any Responsible Officer
of the Borrower,  threatened action or proceeding  affecting the Borrower or any
of its Subsidiaries before any court,  governmental agency or arbitrator,  which
(i)  is  reasonably   likely  to  be  adversely   determined  and  such  adverse
determination  would  likely  have a material  adverse  effect on the  business,
financial  condition,  assets,  properties  or operations of the Borrower or the
Borrower and its  Subsidiaries  taken as a whole, or (ii) purports to affect the
legality, validity or enforceability of this Agreement or any Note.

         (g) The Borrower is not engaged in the business of extending credit for
the  purpose of  purchasing  or  carrying  margin  stock  (within the meaning of
Regulation U issued by the Board of Governors  of the Federal  Reserve  System),
and no  proceeds  of any  Advance  will be used to  purchase or carry any margin
stock or to extend  credit to others for the purpose of  purchasing  or carrying
any margin stock.

         (h) The Borrower and each of its  Restricted  Subsidiaries  has met its
minimum  funding  requirements  under ERISA with respect to all of its Plans and
has  not  incurred  any  material  liability  to the  Pension  Benefit  Guaranty
Corporation  under ERISA in connection with any such Plan. No ERISA  Termination
Event has occurred and is continuing with respect to any Plan.

         (i)  The  Borrower  is  not  an  "investment   company"  or  a  company
"controlled"  by an "investment  company",  within the meaning of the Investment
Company Act of 1940, as amended.

         (j) Except as  disclosed  to the Agent and the Lenders in that  certain
letter dated  August 28, 1997 from the  Borrower to the Agent,  the Borrower and
its Restricted


<PAGE>


                                       31

Subsidiaries,  to the best knowledge of the Responsible Officers,  have obtained
the  right  to  use  all  patents,  trademarks,   service-marks,   trade  names,
copyrights,  licenses and other rights,  free from burdensome  restrictions,  or
could  obtain the same on terms and  conditions  not  materially  adverse to the
Borrower and its Restricted  Subsidiaries and their operations taken as a whole,
that are necessary for the operation of their respective businesses as presently
conducted  and for the  operation  of  businesses  described  to the  Lenders in
writing as proposed to be conducted.

         (k)  The  Borrower  has and  each  of its  Subsidiaries  has  good  and
indefeasible title to all material  properties,  assets and rights of every type
and nature now  purported  to be owned by it (other than  properties  and assets
disposed of in the ordinary course of business),  subject to no Lien of any kind
except Liens permitted by Section 5.02(a). All leases material to the conduct of
the  respective  businesses  of the Borrower and its  Subsidiaries  as currently
conducted are valid and subsisting and are in full force and effect.

         (l) The Borrower has and each of its Restricted  Subsidiaries has filed
all Federal,  State and other tax returns  which,  to the best  knowledge of the
Borrower, are required to be filed, and each has paid all taxes as shown on such
returns and on all assessments received by it to the extent that such taxes have
become  due,  except  such  taxes  as are  being  contested  in  good  faith  by
appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves have been established in
accordance with generally  accepted  accounting  principles and except where (i)
nonpayment  thereof  will not have a material  adverse  effect on the  business,
financial condition,  assets, properties or operations of the Borrower or of the
Borrower  and its  Subsidiaries  taken  as a  whole,  and  (ii)  either  (A) the
aggregate  unpaid  amount  thereof  is less than  $1,000,000,  or (B) the unpaid
amount  thereof  shall  be  paid in  full  promptly  upon  the  Borrower  or the
Restricted  Subsidiary  owing the same  obtaining  knowledge of the  delinquency
thereof, together with any penalties payable as a result of such delinquency.

         (m) Neither the Borrower nor any of its  Subsidiaries is a party to any
contract or agreement or subject to any charter or other  corporate  restriction
which  materially  and  adversely  affects the  business,  financial  condition,
assets,  properties  or  operations  of the  Borrower  or the  Borrower  and its
Subsidiaries  taken as a whole.  Neither  the  execution  nor  delivery  of this
Agreement or the Notes,  nor  fulfillment of nor  compliance  with the terms and
provisions  hereof or thereof will  conflict  with, or result in a breach of the
terms,  conditions or provisions of, or constitute a default under, or result in
any  violation  of,  or  result  in the  creation  of any  Lien  upon any of the
properties  or  assets of the  Borrower  or any of its  Restricted  Subsidiaries
pursuant  to, the charter or by-laws of the  Borrower  or any of its  Restricted
Subsidiaries,  any  award of any  arbitrator  or any  agreement  (including  any
agreement with stockholders), instrument, order, judgment, decree, statute, law,
rule or regulation to which the Borrower or any of its  Restricted  Subsidiaries
is subject.


<PAGE>

                                       32


         (n) The documents, certificates and written statements furnished by any
Responsible Officer to the Agent or any Lender pursuant to any provision of this
Agreement or any other agreement,  document or instrument delivered to the Agent
or any Lender pursuant hereto or in connection herewith, taken together with all
such other documents,  certificates and written  statements,  do not contain any
untrue  statement of a material fact or omit any material fact necessary to make
the statements made therein, taken together, in light of the circumstances under
which they were made,  not  misleading.  It is  recognized  by the Agent and the
Lenders that projections and forecasts provided by or on behalf of the Borrower,
although  reflecting the Borrower's good faith projections or forecasts based on
methods and data which the Borrower believes to be reasonable and accurate,  are
not to be viewed as facts and that actual  results  during the period or periods
covered by any such  projections  and  forecasts  may (and are likely to) differ
from the projected or forecasted results.

         (o) Listed on Exhibit H attached hereto are all of the  Subsidiaries of
the  Borrower  as of the  date  of  this  Agreement,  identifying  which  of the
Subsidiaries   constitute  Restricted  Subsidiaries  as  of  the  date  of  this
Agreement.  All of the issued and  outstanding  shares (other than shares of any
foreign Subsidiary required by applicable local law to be issued to directors of
such foreign Subsidiary or shares of foreign  Subsidiaries  issued to Persons to
satisfy local  ownership  requirements  imposed by applicable  local law) of the
capital stock of each  Subsidiary  owned by the Borrower or any  Subsidiary  are
duly  issued and  outstanding,  fully paid and  non-assessable  and are free and
clear of any Lien.

         (p) In the ordinary  course of its business,  the Borrower  conducts an
ongoing review of the effect of Environmental  Laws on the business,  operations
and properties of the Borrower and its  Subsidiaries,  in the course of which it
identifies and evaluates  associated  liabilities and costs (including,  without
limitation,  any capital or  operating  expenditures  required  for  clean-up or
closure of its  properties,  any capital or operating  expenditures  required to
achieve or maintain compliance with environmental  protection  standards imposed
by law or as a  condition  of any  license,  permit  or  contract,  any  related
constraints  on  operating  activities,  including  any  periodic  or  permanent
shutdown of any facility or reduction in the level of or change in the nature of
operations  conducted  thereat and any actual or potential  liabilities to third
parties,  including employees, and any related costs and expenses). On the basis
of this review,  the Borrower has reasonably  concluded that  Environmental Laws
are not  likely to have a material  adverse  effect on the  business,  financial
condition,  assets, properties or operations of the Borrower or the Borrower and
its Subsidiaries taken as a whole.


<PAGE>

                                       33

                                    ARTICLE V

                            COVENANTS OF THE BORROWER

         SECTION  5.01.  Affirmative  Covenants.  So long as any amount  payable
hereunder  or under any Note shall  remain  unpaid or any Lender  shall have any
Commitment  hereunder,  the Borrower  will,  unless the Majority  Lenders  shall
otherwise consent in writing:

         (a)  Compliance  with  Laws,  Etc.  Comply,   and  cause  each  of  its
Subsidiaries  to comply,  in all material  respects  with all  applicable  laws,
rules,  regulations and orders of any governmental authority,  the noncompliance
with which would materially adversely affect the business,  financial condition,
assets,  properties  or  operations  of the  Borrower  or the  Borrower  and its
Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

         (b) Payment of Taxes and Claims.  Pay, and cause each of its Restricted
Subsidiaries  to pay,  all taxes,  assessments  and other  governmental  charges
imposed upon it or any of its  properties  or assets or in respect of any of its
franchises,  business,  income or profits before any penalty  accrues thereon or
immediately  upon any  determination  that any interest is due thereon,  and all
claims (including, without limitation, claims for labor, services, materials and
supplies)  for sums which have  become due and  payable and which by law have or
may become a Lien upon any of its  properties  or assets;  provided that no such
tax,  assessment,  charge or claim need be paid if it is being contested in good
faith by appropriate  proceedings  promptly instituted and diligently  conducted
and if such accrual or other appropriate provision, if any, as shall be required
by  generally  accepted  accounting  principles  shall have been made  therefor;
provided,  further,  that the Borrower shall not be deemed to have breached this
Section  5.01(b)  on account  of the  failure  to pay any such tax,  assessment,
charge  or claim if (i)  nonpayment  thereof  will not have a  material  adverse
effect on the business, financial condition, assets, properties or operations of
the Borrower or the Borrower and its Restricted  Subsidiaries  taken as a whole,
and (ii) either (A) the aggregate unpaid amount thereof is less than $1,000,000,
or (B) the  unpaid  amount  thereof  shall  be paid in full  promptly  upon  the
Borrower or the Restricted  Subsidiary owing the same obtaining knowledge of the
delinquency  thereof,  together with any  penalties  payable as.a result of such
delinquency.

         (c) Maintenance of Properties;  Insurance;  Books and Records. Maintain
or cause to be  maintained,  and cause each of its  Restricted  Subsidiaries  to
maintain  or cause to be  maintained  (i) to the  extent  consistent  with  good
business practices,  in good repair,  working order and condition all properties
material  to the  continued  conduct of the  business  of the  Borrower  and its
Subsidiaries  taken as a whole,  and from  time to time will make or cause to be
made all  necessary  repairs,  renewals  and  replacements  thereof;  (ii)  with
financially  sound  and  reputable  insurers,  insurance  with  respect  to  its
properties  and  business  and the  properties  and  business of its  Restricted
Subsidiaries against loss or damage of the

<PAGE>

                                       34

kinds  customarily  insured against by  corporations  of established  reputation
engaged in the same or similar  business and similarly  situated,  of such types
and in such amounts as are customarily  carried under similar  circumstances  by
such other corporations ("Industry  Standards");  provided that the Borrower and
its  Restricted  Subsidiaries  may self  insure to the  extent,  and only to the
extent, consistent with Industry Standards; and (iii) proper books of record and
account in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently
applied.

         (d) Corporate  Existence,  etc. At all times  preserve and keep in full
force and effect its corporate  existence,  and corporate  rights and franchises
material  to its  business,  and those of each of its  Restricted  Subsidiaries,
except as  otherwise  specifically  permitted  by  Sections  5.02(b).  5.02(d)or
5.02(e),  and will qualify,  and cause each of its  Restricted  Subsidiaries  to
qualify,  to do business in any  jurisdiction  where the failure to do so (i) is
remedied  within a  reasonable  time  period  after a  Responsible  Officer  has
knowledge of any such failure,  and (ii) will not have a material adverse effect
on the business,  financial condition,  assets,  properties or operations of the
Borrower or the Borrower and its  Subsidiaries  taken as a whole;  provided that
the corporate  existence of any  Subsidiary  may be  terminated  if, in the good
faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Borrower, such termination is in
the best interests of the Borrower and is not disadvantageous to the Lenders.

         (e) Reporting Requirements. Furnish to the Lenders:

                  (i) as soon as available and in any event within 45 days after
     the end of each of the first three  fiscal  quarters of each fiscal year of
     the Borrower,  the unaudited  consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower as
     of the end of such quarter and consolidated unaudited statements of income,
     stockholders'  equity  and  cash  flow  of  the  Borrower  for  the  period
     commencing  at the end of the previous  fiscal year and ending with the end
     of  such  quarter,  setting  forth  in  comparative  form  figures  for the
     corresponding  period in the  preceding  fiscal  year,  in the case of such
     statements of income,  stockholders'  equity  and.cash flow, and figures at
     the end of the preceding fiscal year in the case of such balance sheet, all
     in reasonable  detail,  in accordance  with generally  accepted  accounting
     principles  consistently  applied  (except as noted  therein and subject to
     normal  year-end  adjustments),   and  certified  in  a  manner  reasonably
     acceptable to the Majority  Lenders by a Responsible  Financial  Officer of
     the Borrower;

                  (ii) as soon as  available  and in any  event  within  90 days
     after the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower, the consolidated balance
     sheet of the  Borrower as of the end of such  fiscal year and  consolidated
     statements  of income,  stockholders'  equity and cash flow of the Borrower
     for the period commencing at the end of the previous fiscal year and ending
     with the end of such fiscal year, setting forth in comparative form figures
     for the preceding fiscal year, all in reasonable


<PAGE>

                                       35

     detail,  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting   principles
     consistently  applied (except as noted therein),  and certified in a manner
     reasonably  acceptable  to  the  Majority  Lenders  by  independent  public
     accountants of recognized  national standing  reasonably  acceptable to the
     Majority Lenders;

                  (iii)  together  with the  financial  statements  furnished in
     accordance with subdivisions (i) and (ii) of this Section 5.01(e) except as
     noted with respect to clause (d) hereof,  a  certificate  of a  Responsible
     Financial  Officer of the Borrower in the form of Exhibit F attached hereto
     (a)  representing  and  warranting  that no Event of Default or Default has
     occurred and is continuing  (or, if such an Event of Default or Default has
     occurred,  stating  the nature  thereof and the action  which the  Borrower
     proposes  to take with  respect  thereto),  (b)  setting  forth a  schedule
     containing the information and calculations  with respect to the Borrower's
     compliance with Sections 5.01(h)- 5.01(i) and 5.02(h), (c) stating that the
     representations  and  warranties  contained  in  Section  4.01 are true and
     correct on and as of the date of such  certificate as though made on and as
     of such date  (except  to the extent  such  representations  or  warranties
     specifically  relate to an earlier  date,  in which case they shall be true
     and correct as of such date),  and (d) only as to the financial  statements
     furnished in  accordance  with  subdivision  (ii) of this Section  5.01(e),
     setting  forth  all  changes,  if any,  to  Exhibit H since the date of the
     previous certificate furnished to the Lenders hereunder;  provided that the
     Borrower  may, if no Advance is  outstanding  and no other  amount  payable
     hereunder  or under the  Notes is then  unpaid,  elect  not to  submit  the
     statement  otherwise  required pursuant to the foregoing clause (c) so long
     as such statement is made at least once each calendar year;

         (iv) as soon as  possible  and in any event  within  five days  after a
     Responsible Officer or a Responsible  Financial Officer knows or has reason
     to know of the  occurrence  of any Default  that is not an Event of Default
     (provided,  with respect to any such  Default,  at the time of such Default
     any Advance is outstanding  or any other amount payable  hereunder or under
     the Notes shall remain  unpaid) and any Event of Default,  a statement of a
     Responsible Financial Officer of the Borrower setting forth details of such
     Event of Default or Default and the action which the Borrower has taken and
     proposes to take with respect thereto;

         (v)  promptly  after  the  same  are  sent,  copies  of  all  financial
     statements  and  reports  which  the  Borrower  sends  to its  shareholders
     generally;  and  promptly  after  the same are  filed,  copies of all final
     registration  statements  on Form S-1,  S-2, S-3 or S-4  (without  exhibits
     unless  specifically  requested)  or  their  successor  forms  relating  to
     offerings  of debt or equity by the  Borrower  and copies of all reports on
     Form  10-K,  Form  10-Q  and Form 8-K or  their  successor  forms  (without
     exhibits unless specifically  requested) which the Borrower may make to, or
     file with,  the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission  or any  successor or
     similar governmental entity;

<PAGE>

                                       36


         (vi) as soon as  practicable  and in any event (a) within 30 days after
     any Responsible  Officer or any Responsible  Financial Officer knows or has
     reason to know that any ERISA  Termination Event described in clause (i) of
     the  definition  of ERISA  Termination  Event with  respect to Any Plan has
     occurred  and (b)  within 10 days  after  any  Responsible  Officer  or any
     Responsible  Financial  Officer  knows or has reason to know that any other
     ERISA Termination Event with respect to any Plan has occurred,  a statement
     of a Responsible  Financial  Officer of the Borrower  describing such ERISA
     Termination  Event and the action, if any, which the Borrower or such ERISA
     Affiliate proposes to take with respect thereto;

         (vii)  promptly  upon  receipt  thereof,  a copy of each other  summary
     report  in its final  form  submitted  to the  Borrower  or any  Restricted
     Subsidiary for delivery to, or which is actually delivered to, the Board of
     Directors of the Borrower by independent accountants in connection with any
     annual,  interim or special audit made by them of the books of the Borrower
     or any Restricted Subsidiary;

         (viii) promptly after a Responsible Officer or a Responsible  Financial
     Officer knows or has reason to know thereof,  notice of all actions,  suits
     and   proceedings   before   any  court  or   governmental   authority   or
     instrumentality  affecting the Borrower or any of its  Subsidiaries  of the
     type described in Section 4.01(f),  and promptly after any material adverse
     development or change in the status of any such continuing action,  suit or
     proceeding, notice of such development or change;

         (ix) promptly  after a Responsible  Officer or a Responsible  Financial
     Officer knows or has reason to know thereof, notice of any violation of any
     Environmental  Law that is reported or reportable by the Borrower or any of
     its Subsidiaries to any federal,  state or local environmental  agency that
     could be  reasonably  expected  to have a  material  adverse  effect on the
     business,  financial  condition,  assets,  properties  or operations of the
     Borrower or the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole;

         (x) (a) promptly after any termination of any commitment (other than at
     the  request of the  Borrower or any of its  Subsidiaries)  pursuant to any
     Permitted  Receivables Facility,  notice of such termination;  (b) promptly
     after any change in any collection  agent or similar entity pursuant to any
     Permitted  Receivables  Facility (other than  designation of any collection
     agent  affiliated with the Borrower),  notice of such change;  (c) promptly
     after any material change in the financial  institutions  participating  in
     any  Permitted  Receivables  Financing,  notice  of  such  change;  and (d)
     promptly after the execution and delivery thereof,  copies of any Permitted
     Receivables Facility and all amendments thereto, whether or not the consent
     thereto of the Lenders is required hereunder; and


<PAGE>

                                       37

         (xi) such other  information  respecting  the condition or  operations,
     financial  or  otherwise   (including,   without  limitation,   information
     pertaining to any change in accounting  principles  adopted by the Borrower
     or any of its domestic  Subsidiaries (or any of its foreign Subsidiaries if
     such change in accounting  principles  would have a material  effect on the
     financial condition, operating performance or cash flow of the Borrower and
     its  Subsidiaries  taken as a whole) during any fiscal year of the Borrower
     and the effect thereof on the financial condition, operating performance or
     cash flow of the Borrower and its  Subsidiaries  taken as a whole),  of the
     Borrower  or any of its  Subsidiaries  as any Lender  through the Agent may
     from time to time reasonably request.

     (f)  Inspection  of  Property.  Permit  any  employee  of,  or  independent
financial,  legal,  environmental  or other  professional  consultant or advisor
(other than a Person that is or is  affiliated  with a direct  competitor of the
Borrower)  retained  by,  the  Agent  or any of the  Lenders  or any  agents  or
representatives  thereof,  at the Agent's or such Lender's expense, to visit and
inspect any of the properties of the Borrower and its  Subsidiaries,  to examine
the corporate books and financial  records of the Borrower and its  Subsidiaries
and make copies thereof or extracts  therefrom (except that the Borrower,  as to
any information certified by the Borrower as constituting trade secrets or other
proprietary information of a non-financial nature, in a certificate delivered to
the Agent or Lender who has  requested  copies or extracts of such  information,
may in its discretion refuse to allow such copies or extracts to be made) and to
discuss the affairs,  finances and accounts of any of such corporations with the
principal officers of the Borrower or its independent public accountants (and by
this  provision the Borrower  authorizes  such  accountants  to discuss with any
Person so designated the affairs,  finances and accounts of the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries,  whether or not the Borrower is present),  all at such  reasonable
times and as often as the Agent or any Lender may  reasonably  request,  in each
case as to matters  reasonably  related to this  Agreement  or the  transactions
contemplated hereby or the interests of the Agent or the Lenders hereunder.

     (g) Use of Proceeds. The proceeds of all Advances shall be used for general
corporate  purposes,  including,  without  limitation,  the  retirement of Debt.
Notwithstanding  any other term or  provision  set forth in this  Agreement,  no
portion of any Advance may be used to initiate or participate in the acquisition
of a  controlling  interest  in the  Voting  Stock or assets of any  corporation
unless such  acquisition is made with the consent of such  corporation  and does
not otherwise violate the terms and provisions of this Agreement.

     (h) Debt to Consolidated  Tangible Net Worth Ratio. Maintain a ratio of (A)
Consolidated Debt of the Borrower, to (B) Consolidated Tangible Net Worth of not
more than 0.45 to 1.00.


<PAGE>

                                       38

     (i) Fixed Charge Ratio. Maintain (i) as of the last day of the first fiscal
quarter of each fiscal year of the Borrower a ratio of (A) Adjusted  EBIT of the
Borrower  determined on a consolidated  basis for the 12-month  period ending on
such date,  to (B)  consolidated  Fixed Charges of the Borrower for the 12-month
period  ending on such date,  of not less than 1.25 to 1.00;  and (ii) as of the
last day of the second,  third and fourth fiscal quarters of each fiscal year of
the  Borrower a ratio of (A)  Adjusted  EBIT of the  Borrower  for the  12-month
period  ending on such date, to (B)  consolidated  Fixed Charges of the Borrower
for the 12-month  period  ending on such date, of not less than 1.50 to 1.00, in
each case determined on a consolidated basis.

     SECTION 5.02. Negative  Covenants.  So long as any amount payable hereunder
or under any Note shall remain  unpaid or any Lender  shall have any  Commitment
hereunder,  the Borrower will not,  without the written  consent of the Majority
Lenders:

     (a) Liens,  Excess  Interest in  Receivables,  Etc.  (i) Create,  assume or
suffer to exist, or permit any Subsidiary to create,  assume or suffer to exist,
any Lien upon any of its  property  or assets,  whether  now owned or  hereafter
acquired , or any Excess Interest in Receivables, except

                  (A) Liens  for  taxes not yet due or which are being  actively
         contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings,

                  (B) other Liens  incidental  to the conduct of its business or
         the  ownership  of its  property  and assets which were not incurred in
         connection  with the borrowing of money or the obtaining of advances of
         credit,  and which do not in the aggregate  materially detract from the
         value of its  property or assets or  materially  impair the use of such
         property or assets in the operation of its business,

                  (C) Liens  existing on the  property or assets of the Borrower
         or any  Subsidiary  on the  date of this  Agreement  and set  forth  on
         Exhibit G,

                  (D) Liens on  property  or assets  of a  Subsidiary  to secure
         obligations  of such  Subsidiary  to the  Borrower  or a  wholly  owned
         Subsidiary,

                  (E) any Lien created to secure the  purchase  price or cost of
         construction,  or to secure Debt incurred to pay the purchase  price or
         cost of construction,  of any property  acquired by the Borrower or any
         Subsidiary  after the date hereof or any  improvements to real property
         constructed  by or for the account of the  Borrower  or any  Subsidiary
         after  the  date  hereof;  provided  that (x) any  such  Lien  shall be
         confined  solely  to the item or  items  of  property  so  acquired  or
         constructed (and any theretofore unimproved real property on


<PAGE>

                                       39

         which such  improvements  are located),  and (y) any such Lien shall be
         created concurrently with or within 12 months following the acquisition
         of such property or the  completion  of  construction  of  improvements
         thereon,

                  (F) Liens on accounts  receivable and related  property of any
         Subsidiary and/or on any such related property of the Borrower, in each
         case  subject  to a  Permitted  Receivables  Facility  and  created  in
         connection with such Permitted Receivables Facility,

                  (G) Liens existing on property  including the proceeds thereof
         and  accessions  thereto  acquired by the  Borrower  or any  Subsidiary
         (including  Liens on assets of any corporation at the time it becomes a
         Subsidiary,  unless  such Lien was  created  in  contemplation  of such
         corporation becoming a Subsidiary),

                  (H) Liens  which  constitute  rights of set-off of a customary
         nature or bankers'  Liens with  respect to amounts on deposit,  whether
         arising  by  operation  of  law  or by  contract,  in  connection  with
         arrangements  entered  into  with  banks  in  the  ordinary  course  of
         business,  including rights of set-off created pursuant to or by virtue
         of this Agreement and the Notes,

                  (I) leases or subleases and license and sublicenses granted to
         others in the ordinary  course of the  Borrower's  or any  Subsidiary's
         business not  interfering in any material  respect with the business of
         the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, and any interest or
         title of a lessor or licensor under any lease or license,

                  (J) Liens arising from  judgments,  decrees or  attachments in
         circumstances  not  constituting  an Event  of  Default  under  Section
         6.01(i), and Liens to secure appeal bonds,  supersedeas bonds and other
         similar Liens arising in connection with court proceedings  (including,
         without  limitation,  surety  bonds and letters of credit) or any other
         instrument serving a similar purpose; provided, however, that the total
         amount secured by Liens described in this subsection (J) may not exceed
         at any  time 5% of  Consolidated  Tangible  Net  Worth  (plus  Liens so
         described  that are  permitted in accordance  with Section  5.02(a)(ii)
         below),

                  (K)  easements,  reservations,  rights-of-way,   restrictions,
         minor defects or  irregularities  in title and other similar charges or
         encumbrances  affecting  real property not  interfering in any material
         respect with the  ordinary  conduct of the business of the Borrower and
         its Subsidiaries taken as a whole,


<PAGE>

                                       40

                  (L) Liens in favor of customs and revenue  authorities arising
         as a matter of law to secure  payment of customs  duties in  connection
         with the importation of goods, and

                  (M) any  Lien  renewing,  extending,  or  refunding  any  Lien
         permitted  under  clauses (A) through (L),  inclusive,  of this Section
         5.02(a);  provided that the principal  amount  secured is not increased
         and that  such  Lien is not  extended  to other  property  (other  than
         pursuant to its original terms).

         (ii)  Notwithstanding  the provisions  contained in subdivision  (i) of
     this Section  5.02(a),  in addition to the permitted Liens described above,
     the Borrower and its  Subsidiaries,  or any of them, may create,  assume or
     suffer to exist other Liens and Excess  Interest in  Receivables  if, after
     giving  effect  thereto  and  to  the  retirement  of  any  Debt  which  is
     concurrently  being retired,  the aggregate of (A) the total amount of Debt
     then secured by such Liens,  and (B) the total amount of Excess Interest in
     Receivables then existing, does not exceed 10% of Consolidated Tangible Net
     Worth; provided,  however, if the aggregate of (A) the total amount of Debt
     then secured by such Liens,  and (B) the total amount of Excess Interest in
     Receivables then existing,  exceeds 10% of Consolidated Tangible Net Worth,
     no  Event  of  Default   shall  occur   hereunder   provided  the  Borrower
     simultaneously  therewith  makes or causes to be made  effective  provision
     whereby the indebtedness  evidenced by this Agreement and the Notes will be
     secured by such Liens  (pursuant  to  documentation  in form and  substance
     reasonably  satisfactory to the Agent and the Majority Lenders) equally and
     ratably with any and all other Debt  thereby  secured so long as such other
     Debt shall be so secured.

     (b) Merger and  Consolidation.  Merge  into or  consolidate  with or into a
corporation,  or permit any  Subsidiary to do so, except that (i) any Subsidiary
may merge or consolidate  with any other Subsidiary and any Subsidiary may merge
into the  Borrower,  (ii) the Borrower may merge or  consolidate  with any other
corporation;  provided that (A) either (1) the Borrower  shall be the continuing
or surviving  corporation,  or (2) the successor  corporation shall be a solvent
corporation  organized  under  the laws of any  State of the  United  States  of
America with a financial condition at least equal to that of the Borrower at the
time of such  merger or  consolidation,  and such  corporation  shall  expressly
assume in writing all of the  obligations  of the Borrower  under this Agreement
and under the Notes,  including all covenants herein and therein contained which
assumption shall not otherwise violate any term,  condition or provision of this
Agreement or the Notes, and such successor shall be substituted for the Borrower
with the same effect as if it had been named herein as a party  hereto,  and (B)
immediately after giving effect to such merger or  consolidation,  no Default or
Event of  Default  shall have  occurred,  (iii) a  Subsidiary  may merge into or
consolidate  with a corporation in connection with such  corporation  becoming a
Subsidiary  or being  combined with any existing  Subsidiary,  and (iv) provided
that the disposition of such


<PAGE>

                                       41

Subsidiary  is not  otherwise  prohibited  under  the  terms  of this  Agreement
(including pursuant to Section 5.02(d)(ii) below), any Subsidiary may merge into
or  consolidate  with a  corporation,  if after giving  effect to such merger or
consolidation, neither such Subsidiary nor such corporation is a Subsidiary.

     (c) Change in Nature of Business.  Make, or permit any  Subsidiary to make,
any  material  change in the  nature of its  business  as carried on at the date
hereof; provided, however, that the Borrower and its Subsidiaries-may enter into
businesses  which are  appropriate  extensions of or are  reasonably  related or
incidental to the current businesses of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries.

     (d) Maintenance of Ownership of Subsidiaries.  Sell or otherwise dispose of
any shares of capital stock of any Subsidiary or permit any Subsidiary to issue,
sell or  otherwise  dispose of any shares of its  capital  stock or the  capital
stock of any other Subsidiary, except

                  (i) to the Borrower or another Subsidiary;

                  (ii) that all  shares of stock of any  Subsidiary  at the time
         owned by the Borrower or any  Subsidiary may be sold as an entirety for
         a consideration  which represents the fair value (as determined in good
         faith by the Board of Directors of the Borrower) at the time of sale of
         the shares of stock so sold;  provided  that after giving effect to the
         sale thereof the sum of (A) the total assets of all Subsidiaries  whose
         stock is so sold  pursuant  to this  clause (ii) after the date of this
         Agreement, plus (B) the total assets of all Subsidiaries that have been
         merged into or consolidated with a corporation  pursuant to clause (iv)
         of Section  5.02(b) after the date of this  Agreement,  does not exceed
         15% of the consolidated total assets of the Borrower;

                  (iii) shares of stock of any  Subsidiary may be sold if, after
         giving  effect to such sale,  such  Subsidiary  shall  continue to be a
         Subsidiary; and

                  (iv) shares of stock of any foreign  Subsidiary  may be issued
         to directors of such foreign  Subsidiary to satisfy director  ownership
         requirements  imposed  by  applicable  local law and shares of stock of
         foreign  Subsidiaries  may be issued to Persons to the extent necessary
         to satisfy local  ownership  requirements  imposed by applicable  local
         law.

         (e) Sales,  Etc.  of Assets.  Transfer,  or permit  any  Subsidiary  to
Transfer any assets,  if after giving effect to such Transfer the sum of (1) the
total assets as to which there has been a Transfer not  permitted by clauses (i)
or (ii) of this Section 5.02(e) after the date of this  Agreement,  plus (2) the
total assets of all Subsidiaries  whose stock is sold pursuant to clause (ii) of
Section 5.02(d) after the date of this Agreement, plus (3) the total


<PAGE>

                                       42

assets of all  Subsidiaries  that have been merged into or  consolidated  with a
corporation  pursuant to clause (iv) of Section  5.02(b)  after the date of this
Agreement,  would exceed 20% of the  consolidated  total assets of the Borrower,
except that:

         (i) any Subsidiary may Transfer any of its assets to the Borrower or to
     another  Subsidiary and the Borrower may Transfer  assets to a wholly-owned
     Subsidiary  that had been  transferred  to the  Borrower  from a Subsidiary
     after the date of this Agreement; and

         (ii) the provisions of this Section  5.02(e) shall not apply to (A) any
     Transfer  made in the  ordinary  course of  business,  (B) any  Transfer of
     obsolete  assets,  (C) any  Transfer by the Borrower or any  Subsidiary  of
     assets (but not of all or substantially all of its assets) if such Transfer
     is made  pursuant to a plan to replace the assets  subject to such Transfer
     and such  replacement  occurs no later than six months  after the  Transfer
     (or, if replacement is not reasonable by such date, binding  commitments to
     construct and/or acquire replacement assets shall have been entered into no
     later than six months after the Transfer and such  replacement  shall occur
     within a  reasonable  period  of time,  which  shall in no event  exceed 18
     months),  or (D) the sale of notes, leases and accounts receivable pursuant
     to and in accordance with the terms of a Permitted  Receivables Facility by
     Borrower or any Subsidiary.

     (f) Sale of Receivables.  Sell with recourse, or discount or otherwise sell
for less than the face  value  thereof,  or sell with or  without  recourse  for
consideration  other than cash, or permit any  Subsidiary to sell with recourse,
or discount or otherwise sell for less than the face value thereof, or sell with
or without  recourse  for  consideration  other  than cash,  any of its notes or
accounts receivable; provided that the foregoing restrictions shall not apply to
(i) any  license or sale of  products  or  services  in the  ordinary  course of
business where payment For such  transactions  is made by credit card;  provided
that the fees and  discounts  incurred  by the  Borrower  or the  Subsidiary  in
connection  therewith  shall  not  exceed  the  normal  and  customary  fees and
discounts  incurred for general  credit card  transactions  through major credit
card issuers;  (ii) the delivery and endorsement to banks in the ordinary course
of  business by the  Borrower or any of its  Subsidiaries  of  promissory  notes
received in payment of trade  receivables,  where delivery and  endorsement  are
made prior to the date of maturity of such promissory  notes,  and the retention
by said banks of normal and customary fees and discounts therefor; provided that
such practice is usual and customary in the country where such activity  occurs;
and (iii) any sale of notes or accounts receivable (or interests therein) by the
Borrower or any Subsidiary in connection with a Permitted Receivables Facility.

     (g) Subsidiary Debt. Permit any Subsidiary  organized under the laws of any
State of the United  States of America  to  create,  incur,  assume or suffer to
exist any Debt if, after giving effect thereto and to the  concurrent  repayment
of any other Debt, the

<PAGE>

                                       43

aggregate Debt of all such Subsidiaries will exceed  $300,000,000 (not including
Debt  of  Subsidiaries   incurred  in  connection  with  Permitted   Receivables
Facilities).


                                   ARTICLE VI

                                EVENTS OF DEFAULT

     SECTION 6.01. Events of Default. If any of the following events ("Events of
Default") shall occur and be continuing:

     (a) the  Borrower  shall fail to pay (i) any  principal of any Advance when
the same  becomes due and  payable;  or (ii) any  interest on any Advance or any
fees payable  hereunder within five Business Days after the same becomes due; or
(iii) any other amounts payable  hereunder within 30 days of the date of invoice
or written demand therefor; or

     (b) any  representation  or warranty made by the Borrower  herein or by the
Borrower (or any of its officers) in connection  with this Agreement shall prove
to have been incorrect in any material respect when made; or

     (c) the Borrower  shall fail.  to perform or observe any term,  covenant or
agreement contained in Sections 5.01(h),  5.01(i),  5.02(b),  5.02(c),  5.02(d),
5.02(e), 5.02(g) or 5.02(h); or

     (d) the  Borrower  shall fail to perform or observe  any term,  covenant or
agreement  contained in this  Agreement  (other than those  covered by the other
clauses of this  Section  6.01) on its part to be  performed  or observed if the
failure to perform or observe  such other  term,  covenant  or  agreement  shall
remain unremedied for 30 days after written notice thereof shall have been given
to the Borrower by the Agent at the request of any Lender; or

     (e) (i)  the  Borrower  or any of its  Subsidiaries  shall  fail to pay any
principal  of or  premium or  interest  on any Debt  which is  outstanding  in a
principal  amount of at least  $10,000,000  in the aggregate (but excluding Debt
outstanding  hereunder) of the Borrower or such Subsidiary (as the case may be),
when the same becomes due and payable (whether by scheduled  maturity,  required
prepayment,  acceleration, demand or otherwise), and such failure shall continue
after the  applicable  grace  period,  if any,  specified  in the  agreement  or
instrument  relating to such Debt;  or any other event shall occur or  condition
shall  exist under any  agreement  or  instrument  relating to any such Debt and
shall  continue  after the applicable  grace period,  if any,  specified in such
agreement or instrument; but only if the effect of such failure to pay, event or
condition is to accelerate  the maturity of such Debt; or any such Debt shall be
declared by the creditor to be due and payable, or required


<PAGE>

                                       44

to be  prepaid  (other  than  by a  regularly  scheduled  required  prepayment),
redeemed,  purchased or  defeased,  or an offer to prepay,  redeem,  purchase or
defease such Debt shall be required to be made, in each case prior to the stated
maturity  thereof;  or (ii) any event shall occur or condition shall exist under
any agreement or  instrument  relating to any Debt of the Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries  outstanding in a principal  amount in excess of $50,000,000 in the
aggregate  and  shall  continue  after  the  applicable  grace  period,  if any,
specified  in such  agreement  or  instrument,  if the  effect of such  event or
condition is to permit the acceleration by the creditor of, the maturity of such
Debt; or

     (f) the Borrower or any of its  Subsidiaries  shall  generally  not pay its
debts as such debts  become due, or shall admit in writing its  inability to pay
its debts  generally,  or shall  make a general  assignment  for the  benefit of
creditors;  or any proceeding  shall be instituted by or against the Borrower or
any of its  Subsidiaries  seeking to adjudicate  it a bankrupt or insolvent,  or
seeking  liquidation,  winding  up,  reorganization,   arrangement,  adjustment,
protection,  relief, or composition of it or its debts under any law relating to
bankruptcy,  insolvency or reorganization  or relief of debtors,  or seeking the
entry  of an  order  for  relief  or the  appointment  of a  receiver,  trustee,
custodian or other similar  official for it or for any  substantial  part of its
property and, in the case of any such proceeding  instituted against it (but not
instituted by it), either such proceeding  shall remain  undismissed or unstayed
for a period  of 30  consecutive  days,  or any of the  actions  sought  in such
proceeding  (including,  without  limitation,  the entry of an order for  relief
against, or the appointment of a receiver,  trustee,  custodian or other similar
official for, it or for any  substantial  part of its property)  shall occur; or
the  Borrower  or any of its  Subsidiaries  shall take any  corporate  action to
authorize any of the actions set forth above in this subsection (f); or

     (g) any order, judgment or decree is entered in any proceedings against the
Borrower or any Material Subsidiary decreeing the dissolution of the Borrower or
such Material Subsidiary and such order, judgment or decree remains unstayed and
in effect for more than 60 consecutive days; or

     (h) any order, judgment or decree is entered in any proceedings against the
Borrower or any Material Subsidiary decreeing a split-up of the Borrower or such
Material  Subsidiary  which requires the  divestiture  of assets  representing a
substantial part, or the divestiture of the stock of a Material Subsidiary whose
assets represent a substantial part, of the consolidated  assets of the Borrower
(determined in accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles) or
which  requires the  divestiture of assets,  or stock of a Material  Subsidiary,
which shall have  contributed a substantial  part of the consolidated net income
of the Borrower  (determined in accordance  with generally  accepted  accounting
principles) for any of the three fiscal years then most recently ended, and such
order,  judgment  or decree  remains  unstayed  and in  effect  for more than 60
consecutive days; or


<PAGE>

                                       45

     (i) a final  judgment  or order for the  payment of money in an amount (not
covered by insurance)  which exceeds  $10,000,000  shall be rendered against the
Borrower  or any of its  Subsidiaries  and;  prior to the payment in full of the
amount thereof,  either (i) enforcement proceedings shall have been commenced by
any creditor upon such  judgment or order,  or (ii) there shall be any period of
30  consecutive  days during  which a stay of  enforcement  of such  judgment or
order, by reason of a pending appeal or otherwise, shall not be in effect; or

     (j) any ERISA  Termination  Event that the Lenders  determine in good faith
might constitute  grounds for the termination of any Plan or for the appointment
by the  appropriate  United States district court of a trustee to administer any
Plan shall have  occurred and be  continuing  for 30 days after  written  notice
shall  have  been  given to the  Borrower  by the  Agent,  or any Plan  shall be
terminated,  or a trustee  shall be appointed by an  appropriate  United  States
district  court  to  administer  any  Plan,  or  the  Pension  Benefit  Guaranty
Corporation  shall  institute  proceedings to terminate any Plan or to appoint a
trustee to administer any Plan;

     then,  and in any such event,  the Agent (i) shall at the  request,  or may
with the consent,  of the Majority Lenders,  by notice to the Borrower,  declare
the obligation of each Lender to make Advances to be  terminated,  whereupon the
same shall forthwith  terminate,  and (ii) shall at the request, or may with the
consent,  of the  Majority  Lenders,  by notice  to the  Borrower,  declare  the
Advances,  all  interest  thereon  and all  other  amounts  payable  under  this
Agreement to be forthwith  due and payable,  whereupon  the  Advances,  all such
interest  and all such amounts  shall  become and be forthwith  due and payable,
without presentment, demand, protest or further notice of any kind, all of which
are hereby expressly waived by the Borrower; provided, however, that if an Event
of Default specified in Section 6.01(f) shall occur or in the event of an actual
or deemed  entry of an order for relief with  respect to the  Borrower or any of
its subsidiaries  under the Federal  Bankruptcy Code, (A) the obligation of each
Lender to make Advances shall  automatically be terminated and (B) the Advances,
all such interest and all such amounts shall automatically become and be due and
payable, without presentment,  demand, protest or any notice of any kind, all of
which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrower.

     SECTION   6.02.   Mandatory   Prepayment;   Event  of  Early   Termination.
Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary  contained herein, in the event that a
Change of Control Event shall occur with respect to the Borrower,  the Agent (i)
shall at the request,  or may with the  consent,  of the  Majority  Lenders,  by
notice to the Borrower,  declare the  obligation of each Lender to make Advances
to be terminated,  whereupon the same shall forthwith terminate,  and (ii) shall
at the request,  or may with the consent,  of the Majority Lenders, by notice to
the Borrower,  declare the Advances,  all interest thereon and all other amounts
payable  under this  Agreement to be forthwith  due and payable,  whereupon  the
Advances,  all such  interest and all such amounts shall become and be forthwith
due and

<PAGE>

                                       46

payable, without presentment, demand, protest or further notice of any kind, all
of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrower.


                                   ARTICLE VII

                                    THE AGENT

     SECTION 7.01.  Authorization  and Action.  Each Lender hereby  appoints and
authorizes  the Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise
such powers  under this  Agreement  as are  delegated  to the Agent by the terms
hereof,  together with such powers as are reasonably  incidental  thereto. As to
any matters not expressly  provided for by this  Agreement  (including,  without
limitation, enforcement or collection of the amounts payable hereunder and under
the Notes),  the Agent shall not be required to exercise any  discretion or take
any action, but shall be required to act or to refrain from acting (and shall be
fully protected in so acting or refraining from acting) upon the instructions of
the Majority Lenders,  and such  instructions  shall be binding upon all Lenders
and all  holders  of  Notes;  provided,  however,  that the  Agent  shall not be
required to take any action  which  exposes the Agent to personal  liability  or
which is contrary to this Agreement or applicable  law. The Agent agrees to give
to each Lender prompt notice of each notice given to it by the Borrower pursuant
to the terms of this Agreement.

     SECTION  7.02.  Agent's  Reliance,  Etc.  Neither  the Agent nor any of its
directors, officers, agents or employees shall be liable for any action taken or
omitted to be taken by it or them under or in  connection  with this  Agreement,
except  for its or their own gross  negligence  or willful  misconduct.  Without
limitation of the  generality  of the  foregoing,  the Agent:  (i) may treat the
payee of any Note as the holder  thereof until the Agent receives and accepts an
Assignment and Acceptance  entered into by the Lender which is the payee of such
Note,  as  assignor,  and an  assignee,  as provided in Section  8.07;  (ii) may
consult with legal counsel  (including  counsel for the  Borrower),  independent
public  accountants and other experts selected by it and shall not be liable for
any action taken or omitted to be taken in good faith by it in  accordance  with
the advice of such counsel,  accountants or experts;  (iii) makes no warranty or
representation  to any Lender and shall not be responsible to any Lender for any
statements,  warranties or representations  (whether written or oral) made in or
in connection with this Agreement;  (iv) shall not have any duty to ascertain or
to inquire as to the performance or observance of any of the terms, covenants or
conditions  of this  Agreement  on the part of the  Borrower  or to inspect  the
property  (including  the books and records) of the  Borrower;  (v) shall not be
responsible   to  any  Lender  for  the  due  execution,   legality,   validity,
enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of this Agreement or any other
instrument  or  document  furnished  pursuant  hereto;  and (vi) shall  incur no
liability  under or in  respect of this  Agreement  by acting  upon any  notice,
consent, certificate or other


<PAGE>

                                       47

instrument or writing  (which may be by  telecopier,  telegram,  cable or telex)
believed by it to be genuine and signed or sent by the proper party or parties.

     SECTION 7.03. CUSA and  Affiliates.  With respect to its Commitment and the
Advances  made by lt and the Notes issued to lt, CUSA shall have the same rights
and powers under this Agreement as any other Lender and may exercise the same as
though it were not the Agent; and the term "Lender" or "Lenders"  shall,  unless
otherwise expressly indicated, include CUSA in its individual capacity. CUSA and
its  Affiliates may accept  deposits  from,  lend money to, act as trustee under
indentures of, and generally  engage in any kind of business with, the Borrower,
any  of its  Subsidiaries  and  any  Person  who  may do  business  with  or own
securities of the Borrower or any such  Subsidiary,  all as if CUSA were not the
Agent and without any duty to account therefor to the Lenders.

     SECTION 7.04. Lender Credit Decision. Each Lender acknowledges that it has,
independently  and without reliance upon the Agent or any other Lender and based
on the financial statements referred to in Section 4.01 and such other documents
and information as lt has deemed  appropriate,  made its own credit analysis and
decision to enter into this  Agreement.  Each Lender also  acknowledges  that it
will,  independently and without reliance upon the Agent or any other Lender and
based on such  documents and  information  as it shall deem  appropriate  at the
time,  continue to make its own credit  decisions in taking or not taking action
under this Agreement.

     SECTION 7.05. Indemnification. The Lenders agree to indemnify the Agent (to
the extent not reimbursed by the Borrower),  ratably according to the respective
principal amounts outstanding under the A Notes then held by each of them (or if
no A Advances are at the time  outstanding or if any A Notes are held by Persons
which are not  Lenders,  ratably  according to the  respective  amounts of their
Commitments),  from and against any and all  claims,  liabilities,  obligations,
losses,  damages,  penalties,  actions,  judgments,  suits,  costs,  expenses or
disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever which may be imposed on, incurred
by, or asserted  against the Agent in any way relating to or arising out of this
Agreement  or any action  taken or omitted  by the Agent  under this  Agreement;
provided  that no  Lender  shall  be  liable  for any  portion  of such  claims,
liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits,
costs, expenses or disbursements  resulting from the Agent's gross negligence or
willful misconduct.  Without limitation of the foregoing,  each Lender agrees to
reimburse  the  Agent  promptly  upon  demand  for  its  ratable  share  of  any
out-of-pocket  expenses  (including  counsel  fees,  court  costs  and all other
reasonable  litigation expenses,  including,  but not limited to, expert witness
fees, document copying expenses, exhibit preparation, courier expenses, postage,
and  communication  expenses)  incurred  by the  Agent  in  connection  with the
preparation,  execution, delivery.  administration,  modification,  amendment or
enforcement (whether through  negotiations,  legal proceedings or otherwise) of,
or legal advice in respect of rights or responsibilities  under, 

<PAGE>

                                       48

this Agreement, to the extent that the Agent is not reimbursed for such expenses
by the Borrower,  provided that to the extent  indemnification  payments made by
the Lenders pursuant to this Section 7.05 are subsequently recovered from or for
the account of the Borrower,  the Agent shall  promptly  refund such  previously
paid indemnification payments to the Lenders.

     SECTION 7.06.  Successor  Agent. The Agent may resign at any time by giving
written  notice  thereof  to  the  Lenders  and  the  Borrower.  Upon  any  such
resignation,  the Majority  Lenders  shall have the right to appoint a successor
Agent,  which  successor  Agent  shall (if no Event of Default  then  exists) be
subject to the approval of the Borrower not to be unreasonably  withheld.  If no
successor Agent shall have been so appointed by the Majority Lenders,  and shall
have accepted such appointment, within 20 days after the retiring Agent's giving
of notice of resignation, then the Borrower may appoint a successor Agent, which
successor Agent shall be subject to the approval of the Majority  Lenders not to
be unreasonably  withheld. If no successor Agent shall have been so appointed by
the Borrower, and shall have accepted such appointment, within 30 days after the
retiring  Agent's giving of notice of resignation,  then the retiring Agent may,
on behalf of the Lenders,  appoint a successor Agent which shall be a commercial
bank  organized  under the laws of the United  States of America or of any State
thereof and having a combined capital and surplus of at least $300,000,000 or an
Affiliate thereof.  Upon the acceptance of any appointment as Agent hereunder by
a successor  Agent,  such successor Agent shall thereupon  succeed to and become
vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Agent,
and the retiring Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations under
this Agreement.  After any retiring Agent's resignation  hereunder as Agent, the
provisions  of this  Article  VII shall  inure to its  benefit as to any actions
taken or omitted to be taken by lt while lt was Agent under this Agreement.

     SECTION 7.07. Co-Agents.  None of the Lenders identified on the facing page
or  signature  pages of this  Agreement  as a  "co-agent"  shall have any right,
power, obligation, liability,  responsibility or duty under this Agreement other
than those applicable to any Lender. Without limiting the foregoing, none of the
Lenders  so  identified  as a "co-  agent"  shall  have or be deemed to have any
fiduciary relationship with any Lender. Each Lender acknowledges that it has not
relied,  and will not rely,  on any of the Lenders so  identified in deciding to
enter into this Agreement or in taking or not taking any action hereunder.


                                  ARTICLE VIII

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

     SECTION  8.01.  Amendments  Etc. No amendment or waiver of any provision of
this  Agreement  or the Notes,  nor  consent to any  departure  by the  Borrower
therefrom,  shall in any event be effective  unless the same shall be in writing
and signed by the  Majority  Lenders and the  Borrower,  and then such waiver or
consent  shall be effective  only in the specific  instance and for the specific
purpose for which given; provided, however, that no amendment, waiver or consent
shall, unless in writing and signed by all the Lenders, do any of the following:
(a) waive any of the  conditions  specified in Section 3.01.  3.02 or 3.03,  (b)
increase the Commitments of the Lenders or subject the Lenders to any additional
obligations,  (c) reduce the  principal  of, or interest on, the Advances or any
fees or other  amounts  payable  hereunder,  (d) postpone any date fixed for any
payment of  principal  of, or  interest  on, the  Advances  or any fees or other
amounts payable  hereunder,  (e) change the percentage of the Commitments or the
number of Lenders which shall be required for the Lenders or any of them to take
any action hereunder,  or (f) amend this Section 8.01; and 

<PAGE>

                                       49

provided further that no amendment,  waiver or consent shall,  unless in writing
and signed by the Agent in addition to the Lenders  required  above to take such
action, affect the rights or duties of the Agent under this Agreement.

     SECTION  8.02.   Notices;   Payments,   Etc.  (a)  All  notices  and  other
communications  provided for hereunder shall be in writing (including telecopier
communication) and mailed,  telecopied or delivered,  if to the Borrower, at its
address at 2550  Garcia  Avenue  PAL 1-211,  Mountain  View,  California  94043,
Attention:  Treasurer,  with a copy to the  attention of General  Counsel at the
same address (but with the following mail stop  substituted:  PAL 1-521);  if to
any Lender  specified on Schedule I, at its Domestic  Lending  Office  specified
opposite its name on Schedule I hereto;  if to any other Lender, at its Domestic
Lending Office  specified in the Assignment and Acceptance  pursuant to which it
became a Lender; and if to the Agent, at its address c/o Citicorp North America,
Inc. at  Citicorp  Center,  One  Sansome  Street,  27th  Floor,  San  Francisco,
California 94111,  Attention:  John Wetzler with copies to Citicorp  Securities,
Inc.,  Two Penns Way, Suite 200, New Castle,  Delaware  19720,  Attention:  Loan
Disclosure,  Elizabeth Bradley;  provided that all notices to the Agent pursuant
to Article II shall be at Citicorp  Securities,  Inc., Two Penns Way, Suite 200,
New Castle,  Delaware 19720,  Attention:  Loan Investor Services;  or, as to the
Borrower  or the Agent,  at such other  address as shall be  designated  by such
party in a written  notice to the other parties and, as to each other party,  at
such other address as shall be  designated by such party in a written  notice to
the Borrower and the Agent. All such notices and communications  shall, (i) when
telecopied,  be effective when telecopied,  (ii) when sent by an overnight (next
day)  courier  service,  be  effective  on the  Business Day after the date when
delivered  to such  service,  and (iii) when  mailed,  be effective on the fifth
Business  Day after the date  deposited  in the mails,  except that  notices and
communications to the Agent pursuant to Article II or VII shall not be effective
until  received  by the Agent,  and any notice of default  which is given to the
Borrower only by means of telecopier  shall not be effective until such telecopy
is received by the Borrower.

     (b) All payments made or funds  delivered to the Agent  hereunder  shall be
made or delivered to the Agent at its Domestic  Lending  Office or at such other
address as the Agent may designate  from time to time in a written notice to the
other parties.

     SECTION 8.03. No Waiver;  Remedies. No failure on the part of any Lender or
the Agent to exercise, and no delay in exercising,  any right hereunder or under
any Note  shall  operate  as a waiver  thereof;  nor shall any single or partial
exercise of any such right preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the
exercise of any other right. The remedies herein provided are cumulative and not
exclusive of any remedies provided by law.

     SECTION 8.04. Costs and Expenses. (a) The Borrower agrees to pay on written
demand all  reasonable  costs and expenses  incurred by the Agent in  connection
with the  preparation,  execution,  delivery,  administration,  modification and
amendment and

<PAGE>
                                       50

syndication of this Agreement, the Notes and the other documents to be delivered
hereunder,  including, without limitation, the reasonable fees and out-of-pocket
expenses  of counsel  for the Agent with  respect  thereto  and with  respect to
advising the Agent as to its rights and  responsibilities  under this Agreement.
The Borrower  further agrees to pay on written  demand all reasonable  costs and
expenses, if any (including, without limitation,  reasonable counsel fees, court
costs, and all other reasonable litigation expenses,  including, but not limited
to, expert witness fees, document copying expenses, exhibit preparation, courier
expenses,  postage,  communication  expenses  and other  expenses,  specifically
including reasonable allocated costs of in-house counsel), incurred by the Agent
and  the  Lenders  in  connection   with  the   enforcement   (whether   through
negotiations,  legal proceedings or otherwise) of this Agreement,  the Notes and
the other documents to be delivered  hereunder,  including,  without limitation,
reasonable  counsel  fees and expenses in  connection  with the  enforcement  of
rights under this Section 8.04(a).  In addition,  the Borrower shall pay any and
all stamp and other taxes payable or determined to be payable in connection with
the execution and delivery of this Agreement,  the Notes and the other documents
to be delivered hereunder, and agrees to save the Agent and each Lender harmless
from and against any and all  liabilities  with respect to or resulting from any
delay in paying or omission to pay such taxes.

     (b) If any payment of principal of any Eurodollar Rate Advance or B Advance
is made other than on the last day of the Interest  Period for such A Advance or
the applicable maturity date for such B Advance, as the case may be, as a result
of a payment  pursuant to Section  2.13 or  acceleration  of the maturity of the
Advances  pursuant to Section 6.01 or for any other reason,  the Borrower shall,
upon written demand by any Lender (with a copy of such demand to the Agent), pay
to the Agent for the account of such Lender any amounts  required to  compensate
such Lender for any additional losses, costs or expenses which it may reasonably
incur as a result  of such  payment,  including,  without  limitation,  any loss
(including loss of anticipated  profits),  cost or expense incurred by reason of
the  liquidation  or  reemployment  of deposits  or other funds  acquired by any
Lender to fund or maintain such Advance.  Upon the Borrower's  written  request,
any Lender  demanding  compensation  under this Section 8.04(b) shall furnish to
the  Borrower a summary  statement as to the method of  calculation  of any such
losses, costs or expenses.

     (c) The Borrower agrees to indemnify, protect, defend and hold harmless the
Agent  and each  Lender  and  each of  their  Affiliates  and  their  respective
officers,  directors,  employees, agents, advisors and representatives (each, an
"Indemnified  Party")  from and  against any and all  claims,  damages,  losses,
liabilities,   obligations,   penalties,   actions,   judgments,  suits,  costs,
disbursements and expenses (including,  without limitation,  reasonable fees and
expenses  of  counsel,  including  but not  limited to court costs and all other
reasonable  litigation  expenses  including,  but not limited to, expert witness
fees, document copying expenses, exhibit preparation, courier expenses, postage,
and  communication  expenses)  that may be incurred  by or asserted  against any
Indemnified  Party,  in each case

<PAGE>
                                       51

arising out of or in connection  with or by reason of, or in connection with the
preparation  for a defense  of, any  investigation,  litigation,  proceeding  or
settlement  arising out of, related to or in connection  with (i) this Agreement
or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the use of any proceeds of
the Advances,  (ii) the Advances,  the Borrowings or the Commitments,  (iii) the
failure of the Borrower or any of its  Subsidiaries to comply fully with any and
all  Environmental  Laws  applicable to it, or (iv) any  acquisition or proposed
acquisition by the Borrower or any of its  Subsidiaries of all or any portion of
the stock or substantially all of the assets of any Person  (including,  without
limitation,  the  Borrower),  whether  or not an  Indemnified  Party  is a party
thereto and whether or not the transactions  contemplated hereby are consummated
and whether or not such  investigation,  litigation  or proceeding is brought by
the Borrower, any of its shareholders or creditors,  an Indemnified Party or any
other Person, except to the extent such claims,  damages,  losses,  liabilities,
obligations,  penalties,  actions,  judgments,  suits, costs,  disbursements and
expenses  are found in a final,  nonappealable  judgment by a court of competent
jurisdiction to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of
such Indemnified Party; provided,  however, that the Borrower's  indemnification
obligations  set forth  herein  shall not extend to  expenses or fees paid by an
Indemnified  Party for reasons other than in connection  with this  Agreement or
the transactions  contemplated  hereby.  The Borrower agrees that no Indemnified
Party shall have any liability (whether direct or indirect, in contract, tort or
otherwise) to the Borrower or any of its creditors or shareholders in connection
with this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby except to the extent
such  liability  is  found  in a  final,  nonappealable  judgment  by a court of
competent  jurisdiction  to have  resulted from such  Indemnified  Party's gross
negligence or willful misconduct.

     (d)  Without  prejudice  to the  survival  of any  other  agreement  of the
Borrower hereunder,  the agreements and obligations of the Borrower contained in
this  Section  8.04  shall  survive  the  termination  of  this  Agreement,  the
termination of the Commitments and the payment in full of the Notes.

     SECTION  8.05.  Right of Set-off.  Upon (i) the  occurrence  and during the
continuance  of any Event of Default  and (ii) the making of the  request or the
granting of the consent  specified  by Section  6.01 to  authorize  the Agent to
declare the Advances and all other amounts  payable  under this  Agreement to be
forthwith  due and payable  pursuant to the  provisions  of Section  6.01,  each
Lender is hereby  authorized  at any time and from time to time,  to the fullest
extent  permitted by law, to set off and apply any and all deposits  (general or
special,  time or  demand,  provisional  or  final)  at any time  held and other
indebtedness  at any  time  owing by such  Lender  to or for the  credit  or the
account of the Borrower  against any and all of the  obligations of the Borrower
now or hereafter existing under this Agreement and any Note held by such Lender,
whether or not such Lender  shall have made any demand  under this  Agreement or
such Note and although such  obligations  may be  unmatured.  Each Lender agrees
promptly to notify the Borrower after any such set-off and  application  made by
such Lender;  provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect

<PAGE>
                                       52

the  validity of such set-off and  application.  The rights of each Lender under
this  Section  8.05 are in addition  to other  rights and  remedies  (including,
without  limitation,  other  rights of setoff)  which such Lender may have.  The
Borrower  hereby  authorizes  CUSA,  in accordance  with the  provisions of this
Section  8.05,  to so set off and apply any and all such deposits held and other
indebtedness  owing by  Citibank  or any other  Affiliate  of CUSA to or for the
credit or the account of the  Borrower and hereby  authorizes  Citibank and each
such Affiliate to permit such setoff and application by CUSA.

     SECTION 8.06. Binding Effect. This Agreement shall become effective when it
shall have been  executed by the Borrower and the Agent and when the Agent shall
have  been  notified  by each  Lender  that  such  Lender  has  executed  it and
thereafter  shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Borrower,  the
Agent and each Lender and their respective  successors and assigns,  except that
the  Borrower  shall not have the right to assign  its rights  hereunder  or any
interest herein without the prior written consent of the Lenders.

     SECTION 8.07. Assignments and Participations. (a) Each Lender may assign to
one or more banks or other financial institutions all or a portion of its rights
and Obligations under this Agreement  (including,  without limitation,  all or a
portion of its Commitment and the A Advances owing to it and the A Note or Notes
held by it);  provided,  however,  that (i) each such  assignment  shall be of a
constant, and not a varying, percentage of all rights and obligations under this
Agreement  (other  than any B  Advances  or B  Notes),  (ii) the  amount  of the
Commitment  of the  assigning  Lender  being  assigned  pursuant  to  each  such
assignment  (determined as of the date of the  Assignment  and  Acceptance  with
respect to such assignment)  shall in no event be less than $25,000,000 (or such
assigning  Lender's entire  Commitment if such Lender's  Commitment is less than
$25,000,000)  and shall be an integral  multiple of $1,000,000,  (iii) each such
assignment  shall be to an  assignee  reasonably  acceptable  to the  Agent  and
consented to by the Borrower,  which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld;
provided,  however,  that the consent of the Borrower shall not be required with
respect to any such  assignment  by CUSA to Citibank or any other  Affiliate  of
CUSA of any Advance made by CUSA or any such  assignment  by any other Lender to
an Affiliate  of such Lender of any Advance  made by such  Lender,  and (iv) the
parties to each such assignment  shall execute and deliver to the Agent, for its
acceptance and recording in the Register, an Assignment and Acceptance, together
with  any A Note or  Notes  subject  to such  assignment  and a  processing  and
recordation  fee of  $3,000.  Upon  such  execution,  delivery,  acceptance  and
recording,  from and after the effective date  specified in each  Assignment and
Acceptance,  x) the  assignee  thereunder  shall be a party  hereto  and, to the
extent that rights and  obligations  hereunder have been assigned to it pursuant
to such Assignment and  Acceptance,  have the rights and obligations of a Lender
hereunder  and (y) the Lender  assignor  thereunder  shall,  to the extent  that
rights and  obligations  hereunder  have been  assigned  by it  pursuant to such
Assignment  and  Acceptance,  relinquish  its  rights and be  released  from its
obligations  under  this  Agreement  (and,  in the  case  of an  Assignment  and
Acceptance covering all or the remaining portion of an assigning Lender's rights
and  obligations  under this  Agreement,  such Lender  shall cease to be a party
hereto).
<PAGE>
                                       53


     (b) By executing and  delivering an Assignment and  Acceptance,  the Lender
assignor  thereunder and the assignee  thereunder confirm to and agree with each
other and the other  parties  hereto as  follows:  (i) other than as provided in
such Assignment and Acceptance, such assigning Lender makes no representation or
warranty  and  assumes  no  responsibility   with  respect  to  any  statements,
warranties or  representations  made in or in connection  with this Agreement or
the execution, legality, validity, enforceability,  genuineness,  sufficiency or
value of this Agreement or any other instrument or document  furnished  pursuant
hereto;  (ii) such  assigning  Lender  makes no  representation  or warranty and
assumes  no  responsibility  with  respect  to the  financial  condition  of the
Borrower  or  the  performance  or  observance  by  the  Borrower  of any of its
obligations  under this Agreement or any other instrument or document  furnished
pursuant  hereto;  (iii) such  assignee  confirms that it has received a copy of
this Agreement,  together with copies of the financial statements referred to in
Section  4.01  and  such  other  documents  and  information  as it  has  deemed
appropriate  to make its own credit  analysis  and  decision  to enter into such
Assignment and Acceptance;  (iv) such assignee will,  independently  and without
reliance upon the Agent,  such assigning Lender or any other Lender and based on
such  documents  and  information  as it shall  deem  appropriate  at the  time,
continue to make its own credit  decisions in taking or not taking  action under
this Agreement; (v) such assignee appoints and authorizes the Agent to take such
action as agent on its behalf and to exercise  such powers under this  Agreement
as are delegated to the Agent by the terms hereof,  together with such powers as
are reasonably  incidental  thereto;  and (vi) such assignee agrees that it will
perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations which by the terms
of this Agreement are required to be performed by it as a Lender.

     (c) The Agent shall maintain at its address  referred to in Section 8.02(a)
a copy of each  Assignment and Acceptance  delivered to and accepted by it and a
register for the  recordation  of the names and addresses of the Lenders and the
Commitment of, and principal amount of the A Advances owing to, each Lender from
time to time (the  "Register").  The entries in the Register shall be conclusive
and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error, and the Borrower, the Agent
and the Lenders may treat each Person  whose name is recorded in the Register as
a Lender  hereunder for all purposes of this  Agreement.  The Register  shall be
available for  inspection by the Borrower or any Lender at any  reasonable  time
and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.

     (d) Upon  its  receipt  of an  Assignment  and  Acceptance  executed  by an
assigning  Lender  and an  assignee  acceptable  to  the  Agent  and  reasonably
consented to by the Borrower  together  with any A Note or Notes subject to such
assignment,  the  Agent  shall,  if such  Assignment  and  Acceptance  has  been
completed and is in substantially the form of Exhibit C hereto,  (i) accept such
Assignment and Acceptance,  (ii) record the information contained therein in the
Register and (iii) give prompt notice thereof to the Borrower.
<PAGE>

                                       54

     (e) Each  Lender may assign to one or more  banks or other  entities  any B
Note or Notes held by it.

     (f) A Lender may at any time grant  participations  to one or more banks or
other entities in or to all or any part of its rights and obligations under this
Agreement or any Borrowings hereunder without the consent of the Borrower or the
Agent; provided,  however, that (i) the Borrower and the Agent shall be entitled
to continue to deal solely with the granting Lender regarding notices, payments,
payment  instructions  and any other matters arising pursuant to this Agreement;
(ii) the  granting  Lender's  obligations  under  this  Agreement  shall  remain
unchanged  and the  granting  Lender  shall remain  solely  responsible  for the
performance  thereof,  and (iii) the granting  Lender shall remain the holder of
its Note(s) for all purposes  under this  Agreement.  Any agreement  pursuant to
which any Lender may grant such a participating interest shall provide that such
Lender shall retain the sole right and responsibility to enforce the obligations
of the Borrower hereunder,  including,  without limitation, the right to approve
any  amendment,  modification  or waiver  of any  provision  of this  Agreement;
provided that such participation agreement may provide that such Lender will not
agree, without the consent of the participant, to any modification, amendment or
waiver of any provision of this  Agreement  described in clauses (b), (c) or (d)
of Section  8.01,  or to the release of any Lien that may at any time be created
to secure any  obligations  owing to the Agent  and/or the Lenders  hereunder or
under the Note.

     (g) Any Lender may, in connection with any assignment or  participation  or
proposed assignment or participation  pursuant to this Section 8.07, disclose to
the assignee or participant or proposed assignee or participant, any information
relating  to the  Borrower  furnished  to such  Lender  by or on  behalf  of the
Borrower;  provided  that,  prior  to  any  such  disclosure,  the  assignee  or
participant or proposed assignee or participant shall agree, pursuant to Section
8.11, to preserve the confidentiality of any confidential  information  relating
to the Borrower received by it from such Lender.

     (h) Notwithstanding anything else contained herein, each Lender may assign,
as collateral or otherwise,  any of its rights (including,  without  limitation,
rights to payments of principal or interest) under this Agreement to any Federal
Reserve Bank  without  notice to or the consent of the Borrower or the Agent and
without any requirement  that the assignee assume any obligations of such Lender
hereunder.

     (i) If any Eurodollar  Reference Bank or its Lender  Affiliate  assigns its
Notes to an unaffiliated institution,  the Agent shall, in consultation with the
Borrower and with the consent of the Majority  Lenders,  appoint another bank to
act as a Eurodollar Reference Bank hereunder, and pending such appointment,  the
Eurodollar  Rate shall be determined  on the basis of the  remaining  Eurodollar
Reference Bank(s).

<PAGE>
                                       55


     SECTION  8.08.  Governing  Law.  This  Agreement  shall be governed by, and
construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of California.

     SECTION 8.09.   Headings.  Article and Section  headings in this  Agreement
are included herein for convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a
part of this Agreement for any other purpose.

     SECTION 8.10.   Commitment Extension.  The Borrower shall have the right in
each year to  request  a  one-year  extension  of the  Termination  Date then in
effect;  such  request  shall be received by the Agent at least 60 days (but not
more than 75 days) prior to each anniversary of the Effective Date. Such request
shall be  irrevocable  and binding upon the Borrower.  The Agent shall  promptly
notify each Lender of such request.  If a Lender  agrees,  in its individual and
sole discretion,  to so extend its Commitment (an "Extending  Lender"),  it will
notify the Agent,  in  writing,  of its  decision  to do so within 30 days after
receipt of such  notice  from the Agent but in any event,  no later than 15 days
prior to the next  anniversary  of the  Effective  Date.  The  Commitment of any
Lender  that  fails to  accept  the  Borrower's  request  for  extension  of the
Termination  Date (a "Declining  Lender") shall be terminated on the Termination
Date originally in effect  (without  regard to extension by other Lenders).  The
Borrower  shall  have the  right to first,  accept  from the  Extending  Lenders
increases  in their  respective  Commitments  by an  aggregate  amount up to the
amount of all Declining  Lenders'  Commitments and second, to identify assignees
(reasonably  acceptable  to the  Agent)  that  agree to  accept  assignments  of
Commitments  ("Replacement  Lenders")  in an amount  equal to the  amount of all
Declining Lenders'  Commitments not otherwise assumed by Extending  Lenders,  in
each case by requiring  each  Declining  Lender to assign in full its rights and
obligations under this Agreement to one or more extending Lenders or Replacement
Lenders;  provided  that (i) such  assignment  is otherwise in  compliance  with
Section  8.07,  (ii)  such  Declining  Lender  receives  payment  in full of the
principal amount of all Advances owing to such Declining  Lender,  together with
accrued  interest thereon to the date of such payment of principal and all other
amounts payable to such Declining Lender under this Agreement and (iii) any such
assignment  shall be effective on the date  specified by the Borrower and agreed
to by the applicable  Extending Lenders or Replacement Lenders and the Agent. If
Extending Lenders and/or Replacement Lenders provide Commitments in an aggregate
amount  equal to 100% of the  aggregate  amount of the  Commitments  outstanding
immediately  prior to the  Termination  Date in effect at the time the  Borrower
requests such extension, the Termination Date shall be extended by one year.

     SECTION 8.11. Execution in Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in
any  number  of  counterparts  and  by  different  parties  hereto  in  separate
counterparts,  each of which when so executed  shall be deemed to be an original
and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.
<PAGE>
                                       56

     SECTION  8.12.  Confidentiality.   In  accordance  with  normal  procedures
regarding  proprietary  information  supplied by customers,  each of the Lenders
agrees  to  keep   confidential   and  to  cause  its   employees,   agents  and
representatives to keep confidential information relating to the Borrower or any
Subsidiary  received pursuant to or in connection with this Credit Agreement and
the  transactions  contemplated  hereby;  provided that nothing  herein shall be
construed to prevent the Agent or any Lender from  disclosing  such  information
(i) upon the order of any court or administrative  agency, (ii) upon the request
or demand of any regulatory  agency or authority  having  jurisdiction  over the
Agent or such Lender,  (iii) which has been publicly  disclosed,  (iv) which has
been  lawfully  obtained  by any of the  Lenders  from a Person  other  than the
Borrower or any Subsidiary, the Agent or any other Lender, or (v) to the Agent's
or any Lender's attorneys,  accountants or auditors (internal or independent) or
to any participant in or assignee of, or prospective  participant in or assignee
of, all or any part of the rights and  obligations  of such Agent or such Lender
under this  Agreement or any Advances  hereunder  (provided  that such attorney,
accountant,  auditor,  participant or assignee,  or  prospective  participant or
assignee,  agrees to comply with the  confidentiality  requirements set forth in
this Section 8.12).

     SECTION 8.13.  Termination.  Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement
and the Notes and the other agreements and instruments executed pursuant hereto,
all rights and  obligations  hereunder and thereunder  shall  terminate when all
amounts payable under this Agreement,  the Notes and such other agreements shall
have  been  paid in full and no  Lender  shall  have any  Commitment  hereunder;
provided,  however, that notwithstanding the foregoing the Borrower shall remain
liable for all of its  obligations  hereunder  and  thereunder  to  indemnify or
reimburse the Agent and the Lenders, including, without limitation,  pursuant to
the provisions of Sections 2.12. 2.15 and 8.04 hereof.

     SECTION  8.14.  Jurisdiction,  Etc. (a) Each of the parties  hereto  hereby
irrevocably and  unconditionally  submits,  for itself and its property,  to the
nonexclusive  jurisdiction of any California State court or federal court of the
United States of America sitting in San Francisco,  and any appellate court from
any  thereof,  in any action or  proceeding  arising  out of or relating to this
Agreement or the Notes, or for  recognition or enforcement of any judgment,  and
each of the parties hereto hereby  irrevocably and  unconditionally  agrees that
all  claims  in  respect  of any such  action  or  proceeding  may be heard  and
determined in any such California  State or, to the extent  permitted by law, in
such federal court. Each of the parties hereto agrees that a final nonappealable
judgment  in any  such  action  or  proceeding  shall be  conclusive  and may be
enforced in other  jurisdictions  by suit on the judgment or in any other manner
provided by law. Nothing in this Agreement shall affect any right that any party
may otherwise have to bring any action or proceeding  relating to this Agreement
or the Notes in the courts of any jurisdiction.

     (b) Each of the parties hereto irrevocably and  unconditionally  waives, to
the fullest  extent it may legally and  effectively do so, any objection that it
may now or  hereafter  have to the  laying  of  venue  of any  suit,  action  or
proceeding  arising  out of or 

<PAGE>
                                       57

relating  to this  Agreement  or the Notes in any  California  State or  federal
court.  Each of the parties  hereto hereby  irrevocably  waives,  to the fullest
extent permitted by law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance
of such action or proceeding in any such court.

     SECTION 8.15. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH OF THE BORROWER, THE AGENT AND THE
LENDERS  HEREBY  IRREVOCABLY  WAIVES  ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY  ACTION,
PROCEEDING  OR  COUNTERCLAIM  (WHETHER  BASED ON  CONTRACT,  TORT OR  OTHERWISE)
ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS  AGREEMENT OR THE NOTES OR THE ACTIONS OF THE
AGENT  OR  ANY  LENDER  IN  THE  NEGOTIATION,  ADMINISTRATION,   PERFORMANCE  OR
ENFORCEMENT THEREOF.


              [THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]


<PAGE>

                                       58

     IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties  hereto have caused this  Agreement to be
executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized,  as of the date
first above written.

                                   SUN MICROSYSTEMS, INC.


                                   By: /s/ Alton D. Page
                                       ----------------------------
                                       Name: Alton D. Page
                                       Title: Vice President & Treasurer


                                   CITICORP USA, INC.,
                                        as Administrative Agent


                                   By:
                                       ----------------------------
                                       Name:
                                       Title:


                                   CITICORP USA, INC.,
COMMITMENTS:                                     as Lender


$41,000,000                        By:
                                       ----------------------------
                                       Name:
                                       Title:


                                   ABN AMRO BANK N.V.,
                                      as Lender and Co-Agent



$36,000,000                        By:
                                       ----------------------------
                                       Name:
                                       Title:

                                   By:
                                       ----------------------------
                                       Name:
                                       Title:

<PAGE>


                                       59



                                     BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL
                                     TRUST AND SAVINGS ASSOCIATION,
                                        as Lender and Co-Agent



$36,000,000                          By:
                                         ----------------------------
                                         Name:
                                         Title:


                                     MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST
                                     COMPANY OF NEW YORK,
                                        as Lender and Co-Agent



$36,000,000                          By:
                                         ----------------------------
                                         Name:
                                         Title:

                                     UNION BANK OF CALIFORNIA, N.A.,
                                        as Lender and Co-Agent



$36,000,000                          By:
                                         ----------------------------
                                         Name:
                                         Title:

                                     THE BANK OF NEW YORK,
                                        as Lender



$21,000,000                          By:
                                         ----------------------------
                                         Name:
                                         Title:


<PAGE>

                                       60

                                     BANKBOSTON, N.A.
                                        as Lender



$21,000,000                          By:
                                         ----------------------------
                                         Name:
                                         Title:

                                     BANQUE NATIONALE DE PARIS,
                                        as Lender



$21,000,000                          By:
                                         ----------------------------
                                         Name:
                                         Title:


                                     By:
                                         ----------------------------
                                         Name:
                                         Title:

                                     BARCLAYS BANK PLC,
                                        as Lender



$21,000,000                          By:
                                         ----------------------------
                                         Name:
                                         Title:



<PAGE>

                                       61

                                      BAYERISCHE VEREINSBANK AG,
                                         Los Angeles Agency, as Lender



$21,000,000                           By:
                                          ----------------------------
                                          Name:
                                          Title:


                                      By:
                                          ----------------------------
                                          Name:
                                          Title:

                                      CARIPLO-CASSA DI RISPARMIO
                                      DELLE PROVINCIE LOMBARDE SPA,
                                         as Lender



$21,000,000                           By:
                                          ----------------------------
                                          Name:
                                          Title:


                                      By:
                                          ----------------------------
                                          Name:
                                          Title:

                                      CORESTATES BANK, N.A.,
                                         as Lender



$21,000,000                           By:
                                          ----------------------------
                                          Name:
                                          Title:

<PAGE>

                                       62

                                       THE FUJI BANK, LIMITED,
                                           San Francisco Agency, as Lender



$21,000,000                            By:
                                           ----------------------------
                                           Name:
                                           Title:

                                       THE INDUSTRIAL BANK OF
                                       JAPAN, LIMITED,
                                          San Francisco Agency, as Lender



$21,000,000                            By:
                                           ----------------------------
                                           Name:
                                           Title:

                                       THE NORTHERN TRUST COMPANY,
                                          as Lender



$21,000,000                            By:
                                           ----------------------------
                                           Name:
                                           Title:

                                       ROYAL BANK OF CANADA,
                                          as Lender



$21,000,000                            By:
                                           ----------------------------
                                           Name:
                                           Title:



<PAGE>

                                       63

                                       THE SAKURA BANK, LIMITED,
                                          San Francisco Agency, as Lender



$21,000,000                            By:
                                           ----------------------------
                                           Name:
                                           Title:

                                       THE SUMITOMO BANK, LIMITED,
                                          San Francisco Branch, as Lender



$21,000,000                            By:
                                           ----------------------------
                                           Name:
                                           Title:


                                       By:
                                           ----------------------------
                                           Name:
                                           Title:


                                       THE SUMITOMO TRUST & BANKING
                                       CO, LTD., Los Angeles Agency,
                                          as Lender



$21,000,000                            By:
                                           ----------------------------
                                           Name:
                                           Title:


                                       By:
                                           ----------------------------
                                           Name:
                                           Title:


<PAGE>

                                       64

                                       THE TOYO TRUST AND BANKING
                                       COMPANY LTD., New York Branch
                                          as Lender



$21,000,000                            By:
                                           ----------------------------
                                           Name:
                                           Title:

                                       By:
                                           ----------------------------
                                           Name:
                                           Title:


$500,000,000 Total Commitments





                                  EXHIBIT 10.84


                             SUN MICROSYSTEMS, INC.
                  U.S. NON-QUALIFIED DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN


<PAGE>

                             SUN MICROSYSTEMS, INC.
                                      U.S.
                             NON-QUALIFIED DEFERRED
                                COMPENSATION PLAN

               (As Amended and Restated Effective October 1, 1997)


<PAGE>


                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                                                           Page
                                                                           ----

1.  Purpose.................................................................2

2.  Definitions.............................................................2

3.  Eligibility.............................................................4

4.  Election to Participate in Plan.........................................5

5.  Accounts................................................................5

6.  Deferral Increments and Growth..........................................5

7.  Earnings or Losses on Accounts..........................................6

8.  Certain Account Distributions After Completion of 
    Two Years of Plan Participation.........................................6

9.  Statements..............................................................6

10. Form and Time of Payment of Accounts....................................7

11. Effect of Death of Participant..........................................7

12. General Duties of Trustee...............................................8

13. Withholding Taxes:......................................................9

14. Participant's Unsecured Rights..........................................9

15. Non-assignability of Interests..........................................9

16. Limitation of Rights....................................................9

17. Administration of the Plan..............................................9

18. Amendment or Termination of the Plan....................................9

19. Choice of Law and Claims Procedure.....................................10

20. Execution and Signature................................................11

                                      

<PAGE>


                             SUN MICROSYSTEMS, INC.

                  U.S. NON-QUALIFIED DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN


     The Sun Microsystems,  Inc. U.S.  Non-Qualified  Deferred Compensation Plan
(the  "Plan"),  effective  July 1, 1995,  is hereby  amended and restated in its
entirety  effective  as of  October  1,  1997  by Sun  Microsystems,  Inc.  (the
"Company"),  acting  on  behalf  of  itself  and  its  designated  subsidiaries.
Throughout,  the term "Company" shall include wherever  relevant any entity that
is directly or  indirectly  controlled by the Company or any entity in which the
Company has a significant  equity or investment  interest,  as determined by the
Company.

                                    RECITALS

     1. The Company  maintains  the Plan, a deferred  compensation  plan for the
benefit of a select group of management or highly  compensated  employees of the
Company as well as members of the Company's Board of Directors.

     2. Under the Plan, the Company is obligated to pay vested accrued  benefits
to  Plan   participants   and  their   beneficiary   or   beneficiaries   ("Plan
Beneficiaries") from the Company's general assets.

     3. The Company  intends to enter into an agreement (the "Trust  Agreement")
with a person or persons,  including an entity,  who shall serve as trustee (the
"Trustee") under an irrevocable trust, to be used in connection with the Plan.

     4. The  Company  intends  to make  contributions  to the Trust so that such
contributions   will  be  held  by  the  Trust  and  invested,   reinvested  and
distribution, all in accordance with this Plan and the Trust Agreement.

     5. The Company intends that amounts allocated to the Trust and the earnings
thereon shall be used by the Trustee to satisfy the  liabilities  of the Company
under the Plan with  respect to each Plan  participant  for whom an Account  has
been established and such utilization shall be in accordance with the procedures
set forth herein.

     6. The  Company  intends  that  the  Trust be a  "grantor  trust"  with the
principal  and income of the Trust  treated as assets and income of the  Company
for federal and state income tax purposes.

     7. The Company  intends  that the assets of the Trust shall at all times be
subject to the claims of the general creditors of the Company as provided in the
Trust Agreement.



<PAGE>


     8. The Company  intends that the existence of the Trust shall not alter the
characterization  of the  Plan  as  "unfunded"  for  purposes  of  the  Employee
Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended  ("ERISA"),  and shall not be
construed to provide income to Plan participants  under the Plan prior to actual
payment of the vested accrued benefits hereunder.

     NOW THEREFORE, the Company does hereby adopt this amended and restated Plan
as follows and does also hereby  agree that the Plan shall be  structured,  held
and disposed of as follows:

1.   Purpose: The Plan provides  Participants an opportunity to defer payment of
     a portion of:

     o   Employee  salary  and  incentive   bonus/commissions  (for  Sales  Vice
         Presidents and Directors); 
     o   Employee annual bonus awards; and
     o   Board of Directors fees.

2.   Definitions:

     (a) Account means a  bookkeeping  account  established  pursuant to Section
5(a) for Compensation that is subject to a Participant's deferral election.

     (b) Beneficiary  means the person or persons  designated by the Participant
or by the Plan  under  Section  11(b) to receive  payment  of the  Participant's
Account in the event of the Participant's death.

     (c) Board means the Board of Directors of the Company,  as constituted from
time to time.

     (d)  Committee  means the Benefits Plan  Committee,  appointed by the Board
from time to time.

     (e) Company means Sun Microsystems, Inc.

     (f) Compensation means:

         (i) The  amount of the  Eligible  Employee's  base  salary  paid by the
Company or one of its subsidiaries; and

         (ii) The amount  paid by the Company or one of its  subsidiaries  to an
Eligible   Employee   as  an  annual   corporate   bonus  award  and  any  other
bonus/incentive  award that is approved by the Committee as earnings that can be
deferred  under the Plan (some  incentive/bonus  awards will not be eligible for
deferral); and

         (iii) for Sales Vice Presidents and Directors, commissions; and

                                       -2-

<PAGE>


         (iv) In the case of an Eligible Board Member,  the amount of his or her
director's  fees  from the  Company,  which  includes  only  retainer  payments.
Compensation does not include directors' expense reimbursements or meeting fees.

     (g) Election Period means:

         (i) Generally June of each year; and

         (ii) For newly hired vice  presidents,  at the sole  discretion  of the
Benefits  Plan  Committee,  may be eligible to enroll within thirty (30) days of
hire.

         (iii) With respect to the Plan Restatement, September, 1997.

     (h) Eligible  Board Member means a member of the Board (other than a member
who is also an Eligible Employee).

     (i) Eligible  Employee means an officer of the Company or other  common-law
employee  of the  Company or one of its  subsidiaries  who is  designated  under
Section 3.

     (j) Participant  means an Eligible Board Member or an Eligible Employee who
has elected to defer Compensation.

     (k) Plan means this Sun  Microsystems,  Inc.  U.S.  Non-Qualified  Deferred
Compensation Plan, as amended from time to time.

     (l) Plan  Restatement  means the amendment and  restatement  of the Plan as
approved by the Board on August 13, 1997.

     (m) Plan Restatement Effective Date means October 1, 1997.

     (n)  Retirement  Date means the first day of the month  coinciding  with or
next day following the  Participant's  termination  of employment  following the
earlier of his or her:

         (i) 65th birthday,

         (ii) 60th birthday if the Participant has 5 years of Service,

         (iii) 55th birthday it the Participant has 10 years of Service; or

         (iv) 20th year anniversary of Service.

                                       -3-

<PAGE>


     (o) Service means:

         (i)  Employment  as a common-law  employee of the Company or one of its
subsidiaries; or

         (ii) Period serving as an elected Board Member.

     A  Participant's  Service  shall be determined by the Committee in its sole
discretion.

     (p) Total  Disability means that the Participant is unable to engage in any
substantial gainful activity by reason of a medically  determinable  physical or
mental  impairment which may result in  Participant's  death, or condition which
lasts,  or may last,  a  continuous  period of not less than twelve  consecutive
months.  Total  Disability  shall be  determined  by the  Committee  in its sole
discretion.

     (q)  Unforeseeable  Emergency  means a  severe  financial  hardship  to the
Participant resulting from:

         (i) Sudden or unexpected  illness or accident of either the Participant
or dependent of same, or

         (ii)  Loss of the  Participant's  property  due to  casualty  or  other
extraordinary  and  unforeseeable   circumstances  beyond  the  control  of  the
Participant.

     Hardship shall not constitute an unforeseeable  Emergency under the Plan to
the extent that it is, or may be, relieved by:

         (i) Reimbursement or compensation, by insurance or otherwise;

         (ii)  Liquidation  of the  Participant's  assets to the extent that the
liquidation of such assets would not itself cause severe financial hardship.

         An Unforeseeable Emergency under the Plan does not include:

         (i) Sending a child to college; or

         (ii) Purchasing a home, per Rev. Proc. 95-64.

     (r) Year means a calendar year unless otherwise noted.

3.   Eligibility:  Participation  in the  Plan  is  limited  to  Eligible  Board
Members, and Eligible Employees, who are eligible to participate in the Plan if:

                                       -4-

<PAGE>


     (a) He or she is subject  only to U.S.  income  taxes for the year in which
the deferral is effective; and

     (b) He or she is an  officer,  or his  or her  position  is  approved  as a
director level, or higher; or

     (c) He or she has been designated  expressly as an Eligible Employee by the
Committee.

     If a Participant  receives a distribution  described in Section 10(c),  the
Participant  shall be ineligible to  participate  in the Plan for the balance of
the Plan Year in which the distribution occurs and the following Plan Year.

4.   Election to Participate in Plan:

     (a) Deferral  Election.  A Participant may elect to participate in the Plan
by filing a written  "Deferred  Compensation  Election  Form"  with the  Company
during any Election  Period.  Such election  applies to applicable  Compensation
paid in payroll periods commencing after the close of the Election Period. A new
election must be made for each Election  Period.  The Participant  shall specify
any amount greater than or equal to the minimum deferral as described in Section
6(a). This can be expressed as a fixed dollar amount or as a percentage.

     (b) Election  Form.  All deferral  elections  under this Section 4 shall be
made in a manner prescribed for this purpose by the Committee.

5.   Accounts:

     (a)  Establishment  of Account.  The Company shall establish an Account for
each Participant who duly files a Deferred Compensation Election Form.

     (b) Credits to Account.  A Participant's  Account shall be credited with an
amount equal to the  percentage  of each  Compensation  payment which would have
been  payable  currently  to the  Participant  but for the terms of the Deferred
Compensation  Election Form.  Deferred  Compensation for  Participants  shall be
credited to the Participant's  Account as of the first day of the month in which
such deferred amounts would otherwise be paid to the Participant.

     (c)  Vesting.  Participants  shall  at all  times be 100%  vested  in their
deferrals under the Plan and all earnings allocable thereto.

6.   Deferral Increments and Growth:

     (a) The minimum deferral per year will be determined by the Committee.

                                       -5-

<PAGE>


     (b) The  Participant  who is an Eligible  Employee may elect to defer (less
any withholding requirements)

         (i) Up to 100% of any eligible annual bonus award

         (ii) Up to 80% of base salary and incentive awards/commissions

     (c) The  Participant  who is an  Eligible  Board  Member may elect to defer
(less any withholding  requirements),  up to 100% of their retainer payments (to
be credited to the account quarterly).

7.   Earnings or Losses on Accounts:

     (a)  General  Rule.  Subject  to  Section  7(c)  below,  the  amount  in  a
Participant's Account shall be adjusted for gain or loss on the last day of each
month  based  on the  performance  of the  investment  options  selected  by the
Participant in accordance  with Section 7(b).  Gain or loss shall be computed as
if all amounts credited to the Account pursuant to Section 5(b) were credited as
of the first day of the month,  and all amounts  withdrawn from the Account were
withdrawn on the first day of the month.

     (b) Designation of Investment Indices by the Committee. The Committee shall
specify  two or more  investment  funds  that  shall  serve as  indices  for the
investment  performance of amounts  credited to the Accounts.  Accounts shall be
adjusted to reflect the gain or loss,  net of any  allocable  costs or expenses,
such accounts would  experience had they actually been invested in the specified
funds at the relevant  times.  The Committee  may vary the available  investment
funds from time to time,  but not more  frequently  than  quarterly.  Subject to
Section 7(c), a  participant  may select his or her  investment  options for new
deferrals  and  contributions,  or for  amounts  already  credited to his or her
Account,  once  per  calendar  quarter  effective  as of  the  first  day of the
following quarter using such form or forms as the Committee may specify.

     (c) Pre-Plan Restatement Accounts. Notwithstanding anything in this Section
7 to the contrary,  the balance in each Account as of the Plan  Restatement Date
shall be credited  quarterly  to reflect  interest  earned on the deferral in an
amount  determined by the Committee;  provided,  however,  that Participants may
elect  to  have  earnings  and  losses  on such  Accounts  credited  instead  in
accordance with Section 7(a) and (b) after the Plan  Restatement  Date. Any such
election  shall  be made  prior to the Plan  Restatement  Date in such  form and
subject to such other terms and conditions as the Committee shall specify.

8.   Certain In-Service Account Distributions.

     (a) After Completion of Two Years of Plan  Participation.  Each Participant
may elect in his or her Deferred  Compensation Election Form to have one or more
distributions of a specified  percentage or dollar amount of his or her Account,
not more  frequently  than once in a Plan Year,  commencing  in his or her third
year of  participation,  provided that the Participant has not terminated his or
her Service

                                       -6-

<PAGE>


with the Company.  A Participant  may delay once or cancel such  distribution at
any time prior to the date which is one year prior to the calendar year in which
the originally  scheduled  distribution  would take place,  but such election is
otherwise irrevocable.

     (b)  Previously  Scheduled  In-Service  Distributions.  Elections in effect
prior to the Plan Restatement Date for in-service distributions prior to January
1, 2000 shall remain in full force and effect.

9.   Statements: Quarterly, and/or at intervals determined by the Committee, the
Company  shall prepare and deliver to each  Participant a statement  listing the
amount credited to such Account as of the applicable date.

10.  Form and Time of Payment of Accounts:

     (a)  Timing  and  Method of  Distribution  of  Accounts.  In the event of a
Participant's  termination  of Service on or after his or her  Retirement  Date,
distribution of the value of the Participant's  Account balance shall be made as
soon  as  practicable  after  such  termination  consistent  with  the  form  of
distribution specified on the Participant's Deferred Compensation Election Form.
Available  forms  shall  include  either  a lump  sum  payment  or a  series  of
installments.  Accounts  subject to  installment  payouts  shall  continue to be
adjusted   for  gains  or  losses  in  the  same  manner  as  active   Accounts.
Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  the Participant who is receiving an installment
payout  on or  after  his  or  her  Retirement  Date  may  request  a  lump  sum
distribution of such Participant's Account. Any such lump sum distribution shall
be at the sole  discretion of the  Committee,  and shall be reduced by a penalty
equal to ten percent (10%) of the amount otherwise distributable,  which penalty
shall be forfeited to the Company.  A Participant  may modify his or her elected
form of distribution  (i.e.,  lump sum or installments) at any time prior to the
date that is three years before his or her first  post-employment  distribution.
If a Participant modifies his or her elected form of distribution but his or her
first post- employment  distribution is less than three years following the date
of the  modification  election,  his or her prior  elected form of  distribution
shall apply.

     If the Participant  terminates his or her service with the Company prior to
his or her Retirement  Date,  (other than on account of death),  he or she shall
receive  the  value of his or her  Account  in one lump sum  payment  as soon as
practicable after such termination.

     If a  Participant  elects  a  distribution  date  prior to  termination  of
Service,  the distribution  will be paid as soon as reasonably  practicable in a
lump sum after such distribution date.

     (b) Disability or Emergency. In the event of Participant's Total Disability
or  Unforeseeable  Emergency,  and upon  application  by such  Participant,  the
Committee may determine at its sole  discretion that payment of all, or part, of
such participant's Account shall be made in a different manner, or on an earlier
date than the time or times  specified in Subsection (a) above.  Payments due to
Participant's  Total  Disability or  Unforeseeable  Emergency shall be permitted
only to the extent reasonably required to satisfy the Participant's need.

                                       -7-

<PAGE>


     (c) Early  Distribution  Penalty.  Upon  application by a Participant,  the
Committee  may  determine  at  its  sole  discretion  that  payments  from  such
Participant's Account shall be made in a different manner, or on an earlier date
than the time or times  specified in  Subsection  (a) above.  All  distributions
under this  Subsection  (c) shall be  reduced  by a penalty  equal to 10 percent
(10%) of the amount  otherwise  distributable.  The penalty is  forfeited to the
Company.  A Participant who receives a distribution under this Subsection (c) is
ineligible to  participate in the Plan for the balance of the Plan Year in which
the distribution occurs and the following Plan Year.

11.  Effect of Death of Participant:

     (a) Distributions.  In the event of a Participant's death while an Eligible
Employee or Eligible Board Member (except in the case of a Participant's suicide
during  the  first  two  years  of  their   participation   in  the  Plan),  the
Participant's  Account  balance,  together with an amount equal to two times the
sum of (i) the  Participant's  actual  deferrals  under the Plan  after the Plan
Restatement Effective Date (exclusive of earnings),  plus (ii) the Participant's
actual  deferrals  under the Plan  before the Plan  Restatement  Effective  Date
(exclusive  of  earnings)  to the extent  such  deferrals  are  scheduled  to be
distributed  on  or  after  January  1,  2000,   shall  be  distributed  to  the
Participant's  Beneficiary.  In the event of (i) a Participant's  death while no
longer an Eligible Employee or Eligible Board Member (as applicable),  or (ii) a
Participant's  suicide during the first two years of their  participation in the
Plan, the Account  balance,  if any,  shall be distributed to the  Participant's
Beneficiary.  Any distributions  pursuant to this paragraph shall be made to the
Beneficiary in three annual  installments  or, at the request of the Beneficiary
and subject to the  Committee's  approval,  in a single lump sum,  commencing in
either case as soon as reasonably  practicable after the Participant's death. If
installment  payments are made, the remaining account balance (during the period
of the  installment  payouts)  shall cease to be credited  with  earnings on the
investment  chosen by the deceased  Participant,  and instead  shall be credited
with earnings based on a fixed rate of interest.

     (b) Beneficiary Designation.  Upon enrollment in the Plan, each Participant
shall file a prescribed  form with the Company naming a person or persons as the
Beneficiary who will receive  distributions  payable under the Plan in the event
of the Participant's  death. If the Participant does not name a Beneficiary,  or
if none of the named  Beneficiaries  is living at the time payment is due,  then
the Beneficiary shall be:

         (i) The spouse of the deceased Participant; or

         (ii) The living children of the deceased participant,  in equal shares,
if no spouse of the Participant is living; or

         (iii) The estate of the  Participant  if neither spouse nor children of
Participant are living.

     The  Participant may change the designation of a Beneficiary at any time in
accordance  with  procedures  established  by the Committee.  Designations  of a
Beneficiary, or an amendment or revocation

                                       -8-

<PAGE>


thereof,  shall be effective only if made in the prescribed  manner and received
by the Company prior to the Participant's death.

12.  General Duties of Trustee:

     (a) Trustee Duties. The Trustee shall manage, invest and reinvest the Trust
Fund as provided in the Trust Agreement. The Trustee shall collect the income on
the Trust Fund, and make distributions  therefrom,  all as provided in this Plan
and in the Trust Agreement.

     (b) Company  Contributions.  While the Plan remains in effect,  the Company
shall make  contributions  to the Trust Fund at least once each year. As soon as
practicable  after the close of each  calendar  year,  the Company shall make an
additional   contribution  to  the  Trust  Fund  to  the  extent  that  previous
contributions  to the Trust  Fund for the  current  calendar  year are less than
total future  liabilities  (other than death  benefits)  created with respect to
Participants'  Accounts as of the close of the current  calendar year;  provided
that, for 1997, contributions to the Trust Fund need only be sufficient based on
future liabilities  created with respect to Participants'  Accounts on and after
the Plan  Restatement  Effective  Date.  The Trustee shall not be liable for any
failure by the Company to provide  contributions  sufficient  to pay all accrued
benefits under the Plan in accordance with the terms of this Plan.

13.  Withholding  Taxes:  All  distributions  under the Plan shall be subject to
reduction in order to reflect withholding tax obligations imposed by law.

14.  Participant's  Unsecured Rights:  The Account of any Participant,  and such
Participant's right to receive  distributions from his or her Account,  shall be
considered an unsecured claim against the general  assists of the Company;  such
Accounts are unfunded  bookkeeping entries. The Company considers the Plan to be
unfunded for tax purposes and for purposes of Title I of ERISA.  No  Participant
shall have an interest in, or make claim  against,  any  specified  asset of the
Company pursuant to the Plan.

15.  Non-assignability  of Interests:  The interest of a  Participant  under the
Plan is not subject to option nor assignable by either  voluntary or involuntary
assignment or by operation of law,  including without limitation to: bankruptcy,
garnishment,  attachment or other  creditor's  process.  Any act in violation of
this Section 15 shall make the Plan void.

16.  Limitation of Rights:

     (a)  Bonuses.  Nothing in this Plan shall be construed to give any Eligible
Employee any right to be granted a bonus award.

     (b) Employment  Rights.  Neither the Plan nor deferral of any Compensation,
nor any other  action  taken  pursuant  to the  Plan,  shall  constitute,  or be
evidence  of, any  agreement  or  understanding,  express or  implied,  that the
Company or any of its  subsidiaries  will  employ an Eligible  Employee  for any
period of time,  in any position at any  particular  rate of  compensation.  The
Company and its

                                       -9-

<PAGE>


subsidiaries  reserve the right to terminate an Eligible  Employee's  Service at
any time for any reason,  except as  otherwise  expressly  provided in a written
employment agreement.

17.  Administration  of  the  Plan:  The  Plan  shall  be  administered  by  the
Committee.  The  Committee  shall have full power and  authority to  administer,
interpret, establish procedures for administering the Plan, prescribe forms, and
take any and all necessary  actions in connection with the Plan. The Committee's
interpretation  and  construction of the Plan shall be conclusive and binding on
all persons.  The Committee may appoint a plan  administrator or any other agent
and   delegate  to  them  such  powers  and  duties  in   connection   with  the
administration of the Plan as the Committee may from time to time prescribe.  In
the event that any Participants are found to be ineligible, that is, not members
of a select group of management or highly compensated employees,  according to a
determination  made by the U.S.  Department of Labor,  the Committee  shall take
whatever steps it deems necessary, in its sole discretion,  to equitably protect
the interests of the affected Participants.

18.  Amendment or  Termination  of the Plan:  The Board may amend,  suspend,  or
terminate  the Plan at any time;  provided,  however,  that no such action shall
reduce a Participant's  Account under the Plan without the Participant's written
consent.  In the event of termination of the Plan, the Accounts of  Participants
shall  continue to be  credited  with  earnings  until  distributed  pursuant to
Section 10, unless the Board  prescribes an earlier time or different manner for
the payment of such Accounts.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing,
termination  of the Plan following  Change in Control shall  constitute an event
giving rise to  distribution of Accounts.  In such event,  the Company shall pay
all Account  balances in a lump sum or in annual  installments  over three years
(with  earnings),  in its  discretion,  to  Participants  and  Beneficiaries  of
deceased  Participants;  and all  deferrals  and payment of  benefits  except as
provided  above shall  cease.  For  purposes of this Plan,  the term  "Change in
Control" shall mean the purchase or  acquisition by any person,  entity or group
of  persons,  within the  meaning of  Section  13(d) or 14(d) of the  Securities
Exchange  Act of 1934,  as amended  (the  "Act"),  or any  comparable  successor
provisions,   of  beneficial   ownership  (within  the  meaning  of  Rule  13d-3
promulgated  under the Act) of 30% or more of either the  outstanding  shares of
common stock or the  combined  voting power of the  Company's  then  outstanding
voting  securities  entitled  to  vote  generally,  where  the  approval  by the
stockholders of the Company or a  reorganization,  merger or  consolidation,  in
each case with  respect to which  persons  who are  stockholders  of the Company
immediately  prior  to such  reorganization,  merger  or  consolidation  do not,
immediately thereafter,  own more than 50% of the combined voting power entitled
to vote  generally in the election of  directors of the  reorganized,  merged or
consolidated  Company's  then  outstanding  securities,   or  a  liquidation  or
dissolution  of the  Company or of the sale of all or  substantially  all of the
Company's assets.

19.  Choice of Law and Claims Procedure:

     (a)  Choice  of  Law.  The  validity,   interpretation,   construction  and
performance of the Plan shall be governed by ERISA, and, to the extent that they
are  not  preempted,  by  the  laws  of  the  State  of  California,   excluding
California's choice-of-law provisions.

                                      -10-

<PAGE>


     (b) Claims and Review Procedure.  In accordance with the regulations of the
U.S. Secretary of Labor, the Committee shall:

                  (i) Provide  adequate  notice in writing to any Participant or
Beneficiary  whose claim for benefits  under the Plan has been denied.  Specific
reasons for such denial must be presented in a clear and precise manner intended
to be easily understood by such Participant or Beneficiary, and

                  (ii)  Afford  a  reasonable  opportunity  for a full  and fair
review  before  the Board to any  Participant  or  Beneficiary  whose  claim for
benefits has been denied.

20.  Execution and Signature:  To record the adoption of the Plan  by the Board,
the Company has caused its duly  authorized  officer to affix the corporate name
hereto:


                                           SUN MICROSYSTEMS, INC.



                                           By:__________________________________
                                                    Authorized Company Officer

                                      -11-


                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.87

                             SUN MICROSYSTEMS, INC.
                      EQUITY COMPENSATION ACQUISITION PLAN


     1.  Purposes of the Plan. The purposes of this Stock Plan are:

         o        to  attract  and  retain  the  best  available  personnel  for
                  positions of substantial responsibility,

         o        to provide  additional  incentive  to eligible  Employees  and
                  Consultants, and

         o        to promote the success of the Company's business.

     Nonstatutory  Stock Options and Stock Purchase  Rights may be granted under
the Plan.

     2.  Definitions. As used herein, the following definitions shall apply:

         (a) "Administrator"  means the Board or  any of its Committees as shall
be administering the Plan, in accordance with Section 4 of the Plan.

         (b) "Applicable  Laws"  means the  legal  requirements  relating to the
administration  of stock option  plans under U. S. state  corporate  laws,  U.S.
federal  and state  securities  laws,  the Code and the  applicable  laws of any
foreign country or  jurisdiction  where Options or Stock Purchase Rights are, or
will be, granted under the Plan.

         (c) "Board" means the Board of Directors of the Company.

         (d) "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

         (e) "Committee" means a Committee  appointed by the Board in accordance
with Section 4 of the Plan.

         (f) "Common Stock" means the Common Stock of the Company.

         (g) "Company"  means Sun  Microsystems,  Inc.,  and  any entity that is
directly or  indirectly  controlled  by the Company,  or any entity in which the
Company has a significant equity interest, as determined by the Administrator.

         (h) "Consultant" means any person, including an advisor, engaged by the
Company to render  services and who is compensated  for such services,  provided
that the term  "Consultant"  shall not include any person who is also an officer
or Director of Sun Microsystems, Inc.

                                       -1-
<PAGE>

         (i) "Director" means a member of the Board.

         (j) "Disability"  means total and  permanent  disability as defined  in
Section 22(e)(3) of the Code.

         (k) "Employee"  means any person employed by the Company other than any
person who is an officer or Director of Sun Microsystems, Inc.

         (l) "Fair Market Value" means,  as of any date, the closing sales price
for such stock (or the closing bid, if no sales were reported) as quoted on such
exchange  or  system  for the  last  market  trading  day  prior  to the time of
determination,  as reported in The Wall Street  Journal or such other  source as
the Administrator deems reliable.

         (m) "Nonstatutory Stock Option" means an Option not intended to qualify
as an incentive  stock option  within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code and
the regulations promulgated thereunder.

         (n) "Notice of Grant" means a written notice  evidencing  certain terms
and conditions of an individual Option or Stock Purchase Right grant. The Notice
of Grant is part of the Option  Agreement or of the  Restricted  Stock  Purchase
Agreement.

         (o) "Option" means a stock option granted pursuant to the Plan.

         (p) "Option  Agreement" means a written  agreement  between the Company
and an Optionee  evidencing  the terms and  conditions of an  individual  Option
grant. The Option Agreement is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

         (q) "Optioned  Stock" means the Common  Stock  subject to an Option  or
Stock Purchase Right.

         (r) "Optionee" means an Employee or Consultant who holds an outstanding
Option or Stock Purchase Right.

         (s) "Plan" means this Equity Compensation Acquisition Plan.

         (t) "Restricted  Stock" means shares of Common Stock acquired  pursuant
to a grant of Stock Purchase Rights under Section 11 below.

         (u) "Restricted  Stock Purchase  Agreement"  means a written  agreement
between the  Company  and the  Optionee  evidencing  the terms and  restrictions
applying to stock purchased under a Stock Purchase Right.  The Restricted  Stock
Purchase  Agreement is subject to the terms and  conditions  of the Plan and the
Notice of Grant.


                                       -2-
<PAGE>

         (v) "Share"  means  a  share  of  the  Common  Stock,  as  adjusted  in
accordance with Section 13 of the Plan.

         (w) "Stock  Purchase  Right"  means the right to purchase  Common Stock
pursuant to Section 11 of the Plan, as evidenced by a Notice of Grant.

     3.  Stock Subject to the Plan.  Subject to the  provisions of Section 13 of
the Plan, the maximum  aggregate number of Shares which may be optioned and sold
under the Plan is 2,120,000 Shares. The Shares may be authorized,  but unissued,
or reacquired Common Stock.

         If an Option or Stock Purchase  Right expires or becomes  unexercisable
without having been exercised in full, the unpurchased Shares which were subject
thereto  shall become  available for future grant or sale under the Plan (unless
the Plan has  terminated).  In  addition,  if  Shares  of  Restricted  Stock are
repurchased by the Company at their original  purchase price,  such Shares shall
become available for future grant under the Plan.

     4.  Administration of the Plan.

         (a) Administration.  The Plan shall be administered by (i) the Board or
(ii) a Committee  designated by the Board,  which Committee shall be constituted
to satisfy  Applicable  Laws. Once appointed,  such Committee shall serve in its
designated  capacity  until  otherwise  directed  by the  Board.  The  Board may
increase  the size of the  Committee  and  appoint  additional  members,  remove
members  (with or without  cause) and  substitute  new members,  fill  vacancies
(however  caused),  and  remove  all  members of the  Committee  and  thereafter
directly administer the Plan, all to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws.

         (b) Powers of the Administrator. Subject to the provisions of the Plan,
and in the case of a Committee,  subject to the specific duties delegated by the
Board to such  Committee,  the  Administrator  shall have the authority,  in its
discretion:

                  (i) to determine the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock, in
accordance with Section 2(l) of the Plan;

                  (ii) to select the  Consultants  and Employees to whom Options
and Stock Purchase Rights may be granted hereunder;

                  (iii) to  determine  whether  and to what  extent  Options and
Stock Purchase Rights or any combination thereof, are granted hereunder;

                  (iv) to  determine  the number of shares of Common Stock to be
covered by each Option and Stock Purchase Right granted hereunder;

                  (v) to approve forms of agreement for use under the Plan;


                                       -3-
<PAGE>

                  (vi) to determine the terms and conditions,  not  inconsistent
with the  terms of the Plan,  of any award  granted  hereunder.  Such  terms and
conditions  include,  but are not limited to, the  exercise  price,  the time or
times when Options or Stock Purchase Rights may be exercised (which may be based
on  performance  criteria),  any vesting  acceleration  or waiver of  forfeiture
restrictions,  and any  restriction or limitation  regarding any Option or Stock
Purchase  Right or the shares of Common Stock  relating  thereto,  based in each
case on  such  factors  as the  Administrator,  in its  sole  discretion,  shall
determine;

                  (vii) to  construe  and  interpret  the  terms of the Plan and
awards granted pursuant to the Plan;

                  (viii) to prescribe,  amend and rescind rules and  regulations
relating to the Plan,  including  rules and  regulations  relating to  sub-plans
established  for the purpose of qualifying  for  preferred  tax treatment  under
foreign tax laws;

                  (ix) to modify or amend each  Option or Stock  Purchase  Right
(subject to Section 15(b) of the Plan), including the discretionary authority to
extend the post-termination exercisability period of Options;

                  (x) to  authorize  any  person  to  execute  on  behalf of the
Company  any  instrument  required  to  effect  the  grant of an Option or Stock
Purchase Right previously granted by the Administrator;

                  (xi) to make all  other  determinations  deemed  necessary  or
advisable for administering the Plan.

         (c) Effect of Administrator's Decision. The Administrator's  decisions,
determinations and  interpretations  shall be final and binding on all Optionees
and any other holders of Options or Stock Purchase Rights.

     5. Eligibility. Nonstatutory Stock Options and Stock Purchase Rights may be
granted to Employees  and  Consultants.  If otherwise  eligible,  an Employee or
Consultant who has been granted an Option or Stock Purchase Right may be granted
additional  Options or Stock Purchase  Rights.  Notwithstanding  anything to the
contrary  contained  in the Plan,  Option and Stock  Purchase  Rights may not be
granted to officers or Directors under this Plan.

     6. Limitations.  Neither the Plan nor any Option  or Stock  Purchase  Right
shall  confer  upon an  Optionee  any  right  with  respect  to  continuing  the
Optionee's  employment or consulting  relationship  with the Company,  nor shall
they  interfere in any way with the Optionee's  right or the Company's  right to
terminate  such  employment  or  consulting  relationship  at any time,  with or
without cause.

                                       -4-
<PAGE>

     7. Term of Plan.  The Plan shall become  effective upon its adoption by the
Board.  It shall  continue in effect until  terminated  under  Section 15 of the
Plan.

     8. Term of Option. The term of each Option shall be stated in the Notice of
Grant.

     9. Option Exercise Price and Consideration.

         (a) Exercise  Price.  The per share exercise price for the Shares to be
issued   pursuant  to  exercise  of  an  Option  shall  be   determined  by  the
Administrator.

         (b)  Waiting  Period  and  Exercise  Dates.  At the time an  Option  is
granted,  the Administrator  shall fix the period within which the Option may be
exercised and shall determine any conditions  which must be satisfied before the
Option may be exercised.

         (c)  Form of  Consideration.  The  Administrator  shall  determine  the
acceptable form of consideration for exercising an Option,  including the method
of payment. Such consideration may consist entirely of:

                  (i) cash;

                  (ii) check;

                  (iii) promissory note;

                  (iv)  other  Shares  which (A) in the case of Shares  acquired
upon  exercise of an option,  have been owned by the  Optionee for more than six
months on the date of surrender, and (B) have a Fair Market Value on the date of
surrender  equal to the aggregate  exercise price of the Shares as to which said
Option shall be exercised;

                  (v) delivery of a properly  executed  exercise notice together
with  such  other   documentation  as  the  Administrator  and  the  broker,  if
applicable,  shall  require to effect an exercise of the Option and  delivery to
the Company of the sale or loan proceeds required to pay the exercise price;

                  (vi) a reduction in the amount of any Company liability to the
Optionee,  including any liability attributable to the Optionee's  participation
in any Company-sponsored deferred compensation program or arrangement;

                  (vii) such other  consideration  and method of payment for the
issuance of Shares to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws; or

                  (viii) any combination of the foregoing methods of payment.

                                       -5-
<PAGE>

     10. Exercise of Option.

         (a) Procedure for Exercise; Rights as a Shareholder. Any Option granted
hereunder  shall be  exercisable  according to the terms of the Plan and at such
times and under such conditions as determined by the Administrator and set forth
in the Option Agreement.

                  An Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.

                  An Option shall be deemed exercised when the Company receives:
(i) written notice of exercise (in accordance  with the Option  Agreement)  from
the person entitled to exercise the Option, and (ii) full payment for the Shares
with respect to which the Option is  exercised.  Full payment may consist of any
consideration  and  method  of  payment  authorized  by  the  Administrator  and
permitted by the Option  Agreement and the Plan.  Shares issued upon exercise of
an Option  shall be issued in the name of the  Optionee  or, if requested by the
Optionee,  in the name of the  Optionee  and his or her spouse.  Until the stock
certificate  evidencing  such Shares is issued (as evidenced by the  appropriate
entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized  transfer agent of the
Company),  no  right to vote or  receive  dividends  or any  other  rights  as a
shareholder shall exist with respect to the Optioned Stock,  notwithstanding the
exercise of the Option.  The  Company  shall issue (or cause to be issued)  such
stock certificate promptly after the Option is exercised.  No adjustment will be
made for a dividend  or other  right for which the  record  date is prior to the
date the stock  certificate  is issued,  except as provided in Section 13 of the
Plan.

                  Exercising  an Option in any manner shall  decrease the number
of Shares thereafter available, both for purposes of the Plan and for sale under
the Option, by the number of Shares as to which the Option is exercised.

         (b) Termination of Employment. Upon termination of an Optionee's status
as an Employee or Consultant  (other than as a result of the Optionee's death or
Disability),  the Optionee may exercise his or her Option,  but only within such
period  of time  from  the  date of such  termination  as is  determined  by the
Administrator and, unless determined otherwise by the Administrator, only to the
extent  that  the  Optionee  was  entitled  to  exercise  it at the date of such
termination  (but in no  event  later  than the  expiration  of the term of such
Option as set forth in the Option  Agreement).  To the extent that  Optionee was
not entitled to exercise an Option at the date of such  termination,  and to the
extent that the Optionee does not exercise such Option (to the extent  otherwise
so entitled) within the time specified herein,  the Option shall terminate,  and
the Shares covered by such Option shall revert to the Plan.

         Notwithstanding  the  above,  in the event of an  Optionee's  change in
status from  Consultant to Employee or Employee to  Consultant,  the  Optionee's
status as an Employee or Consultant shall not automatically  terminate solely as
a result of such change in status.

         (c) Disability of Optionee. Upon termination of an Optionee's status as
an Employee or Consultant as a result of the Optionee's Disability, the Optionee
may  exercise  his or her  Option,

                                       -6-
<PAGE>

but only  within six (6) months or such time period as the  Administrator  shall
specify from the date of such termination,  and, unless determined  otherwise by
the Administrator, only to the extent that the Optionee was entitled to exercise
it at the date of such termination (but in no event later than the expiration of
the term of such  Option as set forth in the  Option  Agreement).  To the extent
that  Optionee  was not  entitled  to  exercise  an  Option  at the date of such
termination,  and to the extent that the Optionee  does not exercise such Option
(to the extent  otherwise so entitled)  within the time  specified  herein,  the
Option shall  terminate,  and the Shares  covered by such Option shall revert to
the Plan.

         (d)  Death of  Optionee.  In the  event  of an  Optionee's  death,  the
Optionee's  estate or a person who  acquired  the right to exercise the deceased
Optionee's  Option by bequest or inheritance  may exercise the Option,  but only
within six (6) months or such time  period as the  Administrator  shall  specify
following  the  date  of  death,  and,  unless   determined   otherwise  by  the
Administrator,  only to the extent that the Optionee was entitled to exercise it
at the date of death (but in no event later than the  expiration  of the term of
such Option as set forth in the Option  Agreement).  To the extent that Optionee
was not  entitled to exercise an Option at the date of death,  and to the extent
that the  Optionee's  estate or a person who acquired the right to exercise such
Option does not  exercise  such  Option (to the extent  otherwise  so  entitled)
within the time specified  herein,  the Option shall  terminate,  and the Shares
covered by such Option shall revert to the Plan.

     11. Stock Purchase Rights.

         (a) Rights to  Purchase.  Stock  Purchase  Rights may be issued  either
alone,  in addition  to, or in tandem with other awards  granted  under the Plan
and/or cash awards made outside of the Plan. After the Administrator  determines
that it will offer Stock  Purchase  Rights  under the Plan,  it shall advise the
offeree in writing, by means of a Notice of Grant, of the terms,  conditions and
restrictions  related to the  offer,  including  the  number of Shares  that the
offeree  shall be entitled to purchase,  the price to be paid (which price shall
not be less than the per value of the Company's  Common Stock,  as adjusted from
time  to  time,  and  the  minimum  price  permitted  by  the  Delaware  General
Corporation  Law), and the time within which the offeree must accept such offer.
The  offer  shall be  accepted  by  execution  of a  Restricted  Stock  Purchase
Agreement in the form determined by the Administrator.

         (b) Repurchase Option.  Unless the Administrator  determines otherwise,
the  Restricted  Stock Purchase  Agreement  shall grant the Company a repurchase
option  exercisable  upon  the  voluntary  or  involuntary  termination  of  the
purchaser's  employment  with the  Company  for any reason  (including  death or
Disability).   The  purchase  price  for  Shares  repurchased  pursuant  to  the
Restricted  Stock  Purchase  Agreement  shall be the original  price paid by the
purchaser and may be paid by cancellation  of any  indebtedness of the purchaser
to the Company.  The repurchase  option shall lapse at a rate  determined by the
Administrator.

         (c) Other  Provisions.  The Restricted  Stock Purchase  Agreement shall
contain such other terms,  provisions and conditions not  inconsistent  with the
Plan as may be determined by the

                                       -7-
<PAGE>

Administrator in its sole discretion.  In addition, the provisions of Restricted
Stock Purchase Agreements need not be the same with respect to each purchaser.

         (d)  Rights  as  a  Shareholder.  Once  the  Stock  Purchase  Right  is
exercised,  the  purchaser  shall  have  the  rights  equivalent  to  those of a
shareholder, and shall be a shareholder when his or her purchase is entered upon
the records of the duly authorized  transfer agent of the Company. No adjustment
will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to
the date the Stock Purchase Right is exercised, except as provided in Section 13
of the Plan.

     12.  Non-Transferability of Options and Stock Purchase Rights. An Option or
Stock  Purchase  Right  may  not  be  sold,  pledged,  assigned,   hypothecated,
transferred,  or disposed of in any manner  other than by will or by the laws of
descent  or  distribution  and may be  exercised,  during  the  lifetime  of the
Optionee, only by the Optionee.

     13.  Adjustments  Upon Changes in  Capitalization,  Dissolution,  Merger or
Asset Sale.

         (a) Changes in  Capitalization.  Subject to any required  action by the
shareholders  of the Company,  the number of shares of Common  Stock  covered by
each  outstanding  Option and Stock Purchase Right,  and the number of shares of
Common Stock which have been  authorized  for issuance  under the Plan but as to
which no Options or Stock  Purchase  Rights have yet been  granted or which have
been returned to the Plan upon  cancellation or expiration of an Option or Stock
Purchase  Right,  as well as the price per share of Common Stock covered by each
such  outstanding  Option  or Stock  Purchase  Right,  shall be  proportionately
adjusted for any  increase or decrease in the number of issued  shares of Common
Stock  resulting  from a stock  split,  reverse  stock  split,  stock  dividend,
combination or  reclassification  of the Common Stock,  or any other increase or
decrease in the number of issued shares of Common Stock effected without receipt
of  consideration  by the Company;  provided,  however,  that  conversion of any
convertible securities of the Company shall not be deemed to have been "effected
without receipt of  consideration."  Such adjustment shall be made by the Board,
whose  determination  in that respect  shall be final,  binding and  conclusive.
Except as  expressly  provided  herein,  no issuance by the Company of shares of
stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class,
shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to,
the  number or price of shares of  Common  Stock  subject  to an Option or Stock
Purchase Right.

         (b)  Dissolution  or   Liquidation.   In  the  event  of  the  proposed
dissolution or liquidation of the Company,  the Administrator  shall notify each
Optionee as soon as  practicable  prior to the  effective  date of such proposed
transaction.  The Administrator in its discretion may provide for an Optionee to
have the right to exercise  his or her Option  until ten (10) days prior to such
transaction as to all of the Optioned Stock covered thereby, including Shares as
to which the  Option  would not  otherwise  be  exercisable.  In  addition,  the
Administrator  may provide that any Company  repurchase option applicable to any
Shares  purchased  upon exercise of an Option shall lapse as to all such Shares,
provided the proposed  dissolution or liquidation takes place at the time and in
the manner 

                                       -8-

<PAGE>

contemplated. To the extent it has not been previously exercised, an Option will
terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed action.

         (c) Merger or Asset Sale.  In the event of a merger of the Company with
or into another  corporation,  or the sale of substantially all of the assets of
the Company, each outstanding Option and Stock Purchase Right will be assumed or
an equivalent  option or right  substituted  by the successor  corporation  or a
Parent or Subsidiary of the successor corporation (the "Successor Corporation"),
unless the Successor  Corporation refuses to assume or substitute for the Option
or Stock  Purchase  Right,  in which case the  Optionee  shall have the right to
exercise the Option or Stock  Purchase  Right as to all of the  Optioned  Stock,
including Shares as to which it would not otherwise be exercisable. If an Option
or Stock Purchase Right is exercisable in lieu of assumption or  substitution in
the event of a merger or sale of  assets,  the  Administrator  shall  notify the
Optionee that the Option or Stock Purchase Right shall be fully  exercisable for
a period of thirty  (30) days from the date of such  notice,  and the  Option or
Stock Purchase Right shall terminate upon the expiration of such period. For the
purposes  of this  paragraph,  the  Option  or  Stock  Purchase  Right  shall be
considered  assumed if,  following  the merger or sale of assets,  the option or
right confers the right to purchase or receive, for each Share of Optioned Stock
subject to the Option or Stock Purchase Right immediately prior to the merger or
sale of assets,  the consideration  (whether stock, cash, or other securities or
property)  received  in the merger or sale of assets by holders of Common  Stock
for each Share held on the  effective  date of the  transaction  (and if holders
were offered a choice of consideration,  the type of consideration chosen by the
holders of a majority of the outstanding  Shares);  provided,  however,  that if
such  consideration  received  in the  merger or sale of assets  was not  solely
Common Stock of the  Successor  Corporation,  the  Administrator  may,  with the
consent  of the  Successor  Corporation,  provide  for the  consideration  to be
received upon the exercise of the Option or Stock Purchase Right, for each Share
of Optioned  Stock subject to the Option or Stock Purchase  Right,  to be solely
Common Stock of the Successor  Corporation equal in fair market value to the per
share consideration received by holders of Common Stock in the merger or sale of
assets.

     14. Date of Grant.  The date of grant of an Option or Stock  Purchase Right
shall  be,  for all  purposes,  the date on which  the  Administrator  makes the
determination  granting such Option or Stock Purchase Right, or such other later
date as is determined by the Administrator. Notice of the determination shall be
provided to each Optionee within a reasonable time after the date of such grant.

     15. Amendment and Termination of the Plan.

         (a) Amendment and Termination.  The Board may at any time amend, alter,
suspend or terminate the Plan.

         (b) Effect of  Amendment  or  Termination.  No  amendment,  alteration,
suspension or  termination  of the Plan shall impair the rights of any Optionee,
unless mutually  agreed  otherwise

                                       -9-
<PAGE>

between the Optionee and the  Administrator,  which agreement must be in writing
and signed by the Optionee and the Company.

     16. Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares.

         (a)  Legal  Compliance.  Shares  shall not be  issued  pursuant  to the
exercise of an Option or Stock Purchase Right unless the exercise of such Option
or Stock  Purchase  Right and the  issuance  and  delivery of such Shares  shall
comply with all relevant provisions of law, including,  without limitation,  the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended,  the Exchange Act, the rules and regulations
promulgated  thereunder,  Applicable  Laws,  and the  requirements  of any stock
exchange or quotation system upon which the Shares may then be listed or quoted,
and shall be further  subject to the  approval of counsel  for the Company  with
respect to such compliance.

         (b)  Investment  Representations.  As a condition to the exercise of an
Option or Stock Purchase  Right,  the Company may require the person  exercising
such Option or Stock  Purchase Right to represent and warrant at the time of any
such  exercise  that the  Shares are being  purchased  only for  investment  and
without  any  present  intention  to sell or  distribute  such Shares if, in the
opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required.

     17. Liability of Company.  The inability of the Company to obtain authority
from any regulatory body having  jurisdiction,  which authority is deemed by the
Company's  counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any Shares
hereunder,  shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure
to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have
been obtained.

     18. Reservation of Shares. The Company,  during the term of this Plan, will
at all  times  reserve  and keep  available  such  number  of Shares as shall be
sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.


                                      -10-



<TABLE>

                                                                                          EXHIBIT 11.0

                                        SUN MICROSYSTEMS, INC.

                            STATEMENT OF COMPUTATION OF EARNINGS PER SHARE
                               (in thousands, except per share amounts)


PRIMARY
- -------
<CAPTION>
                                                                           YEARS ENDED
                                                                             JUNE 30,
                                                                             --------
                                                                1997          1996           1995
                                                              ---------------------------------------

<S>                                                           <C>           <C>             <C>     
Net income                                                    $762,420      $476,388        $355,842
                                                                                            
Weighted average common shares outstanding                     368,426       371,134         382,864
                                                                                            
Common equivalent shares attributable to the following:                                     
                                                                                            
                  Stock options and warrants                    20,541        22,246          10,836
                                                                                            
Total common and common equivalent shares                                                   
outstanding                                                    388,967       393,380         393,700
                                                              ---------------------------------------
                                                                                            
Net income per common and common                                                            
equivalent share                                              $   1.96      $   1.21        $   0.91
                                                              =======================================
                                                                                       
</TABLE>
                                                  27
<PAGE>

<TABLE>


Fully Diluted
- -------------
<CAPTION>

                                                                           YEARS ENDED
                                                                             JUNE 30,
                                                                             --------
                                                                1997          1996           1995
                                                              ---------------------------------------

<S>                                                           <C>           <C>            <C>     
Net income                                                    $762,420      $476,388       $355,842
                                                                                           
Weighted average common shares outstanding                     368,426       371,134        382,864
                                                                                           
Common equivalent shares attributable to the following:                                    
                                                                                           
                  Stock options and warrants                    21,053        23,112         11,570
                                                                                           
Total common and common equivalent shares                                                  
outstanding                                                    389,479       394,246        394,434
                                                              ---------------------------------------
                                                                                           
Net income per common and common                                                           
equivalent share                                              $   1.96      $   1.21       $   0.91
                                                              =======================================
                                                                             
</TABLE>
                                       27


<TABLE>
HISTORICAL FINANCIAL REVIEW OF SUN MICROSYSTEMS, INC.


Summary Consolidated Statements of Income                                                                       Years Ended June 30,

<CAPTION>
(In millions, except per share amounts)           1997              1996               1995             1994                1993
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                        Dollars      %      Dollars    %     Dollars      %     Dollars     %     Dollars      %
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                    <C>         <C>     <C>       <C>     <C>        <C>     <C>       <C>     <C>        <C>
Net revenues                           $ 8,598     100.0   $ 7,095   100.0   $ 5,902    100.0   $ 4,690   100.0   $ 4,309    100.0
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Costs and expenses:
 Cost of sales                           4,320      50.2     3,921    55.3     3,336     56.5     2,753    58.7     2,518     58.4
 Research and development                  826       9.6       653     9.2       563      9.5       500    10.7       445     10.3
 Selling, general and administrative     2,402      27.9     1,788    25.2     1,503     25.5     1,160    24.7     1,105     25.7
 Nonrecurring charges                       23       0.3        58     0.8      --        --       --       --       --        --
Total costs and expenses                 7,571      88.0     6,420    90.5     5,402     91.5     4,413    94.1     4,068     94.4
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Operating income                         1,027      12.0       675     9.5       500      8.5       277     5.9       241      5.6
Gain on sale of equity investment           62       0.7       --      --       --        --       --       --       --        --
Interest income (expense), net              32       0.4        34     0.5        23      0.4         6     0.1        (2)     --
Litigation settlement                      --        --        --      --       --        --       --       --        (15)    (0.4)
Income before income taxes               1,121      13.1       709    10.0       523      8.9       283     6.0       224      5.2
Provision for income taxes                 359       4.2       232     3.3       167      2.8        87     1.8        67      1.6
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net income                              $  762       8.9   $   477     6.7   $   356      6.1   $   196     4.2   $   157      3.6
Net income per share                    $ 1.96             $  1.21           $  0.91            $  0.50           $  0.37
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Weighted average common and common-
 equivalent shares outstanding             389                 393               394                388               420
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


(In millions, except per share amounts)           1992              1991               1990             1989                1988
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                        Dollars      %      Dollars    %     Dollars      %     Dollars     %     Dollars      %
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net revenues                           $ 3,589     100.0   $ 3,221   100.0   $ 2,466    100.0   $ 1,765   100.0   $ 1,052    100.0
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Costs and expenses:
 Cost of sales                           1,963      54.7     1,758    54.6     1,399     56.7     1,010    57.2       551     52.3
 Research and development                  382      10.6       356    11.1       302     12.2       234    13.3       140     13.3
 Selling, general and administrative       983      27.4       812    25.2       588     23.9       433    24.5       250     23.8
 Nonrecurring charges                      --        --        --      --       --        --       --       --       --        --
Total costs and expenses                 3,328      92.7     2,926    90.9     2,289     92.8     1,677    95.0       941     89.4
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Operating income                           261       7.3       295     9.1       177      7.2        88     5.0       111     10.6
Gain on sale of equity investment          --        --        --      --       --        --       --       --       --        --
Interest income (expense), net              (6)     (0.2)      (11)   (0.3)      (23)    (0.9)      (10)   (0.6)     --       (0.1)
Litigation settlement                      --        --        --      --       --        --       --       --       --        --
Income before income taxes                 255       7.1       284     8.8       154      6.3        78     4.4       111     10.5
Provision for income taxes                  82       2.3        94     2.9        43      1.8        17     1.0        45      4.2
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net income                             $   173       4.8   $   190     5.9   $   111      4.5   $    61     3.4   $    66      6.3
Net income per share                   $  0.43             $  0.47           $  0.30            $  0.19           $  0.22
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Weighted average common and common-
 equivalent shares outstanding             406                 412               378                340               312
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                                                                 18
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
Operating and Capitalization Data                                                                               Years Ended June 30,
<CAPTION>
                                                  1997          1996          1995           1994          1993         1992
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                             <C>          <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
Total assets (millions)                         $ 4,697      $  3,801      $  3,545      $  2,898      $  2,768      $  2,672
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Long-term debt and other obligations (millions) $   106      $     60      $     91      $    122      $    178      $    348
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Current ratio                                       2.0           2.0           2.2           2.0           2.4           2.6
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Long-term debt-to-equity ratio                    0.015         0.018         0.039         0.075          0.11          0.23
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Return on average equity                             31%           22%           19%           12%           10%           13%
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Return on average capital                            30%           23%           18%           12%            9%           10%
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Return on average assets                             18%           13%           11%            7%            6%            7%
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Effective income tax rate                            32%           33%           32%           33%           30%           32%
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Average shares and equivalents (thousands)       388,967      393,380       393,700       387,056       420,500       406,560
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Book value per outstanding share                $   7.40     $   6.05      $   5.39      $   4.34      $   4.03      $   3.72
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  1991          1990          1989           1988
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                             <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
Total assets (millions)                         $  2,326      $  1,779      $  1,269      $   757
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Long-term debt and other obligations (millions) $    401      $    359      $    145      $   127
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Current ratio                                        2.5           2.6           1.9          2.1
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Long-term debt-to-equity ratio                      0.33          0.39          0.22         0.34
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Return on average equity                              18%           14%           12%          22%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Return on average capital                             13%           11%            9%          15%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Return on average assets                               9%            7%            6%          10%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Effective income tax rate                             33%           28%           22%          40%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Average shares and equivalents (thousands)       412,268       377,476       340,664      311,520
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Book value per outstanding share                $   3.15      $   2.51      $   1.97     $   1.28
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                                                                 19
<PAGE>

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS


The  following  table sets forth  items from Sun's  Consolidated  Statements  of
Income as a percentage of net revenues:

                                           1997        1996        1995
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net revenues                              100.0%      100.0%      100.0%
Cost of sales                              50.2        55.3        56.5
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Gross margin                               49.8        44.7        43.5
Research and development                    9.6         9.2         9.5
Selling, general and administrative        27.9        25.2        25.5
Nonrecurring charges                        0.3         0.8        --
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Operating income                           12.0         9.5         8.5
Gain on sale of investment                  0.7        --          --
Interest income, net                        0.4         0.5         0.4
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Income before income taxes                 13.1        10.0         8.9
Provision for income taxes                  4.2         3.3         2.8
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net income                                  8.9%        6.7%        6.1%
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------

This Annual Report,  including the following section,  contains  forward-looking
statements  within the  meaning of the  Private  Securities  Reform Act of 1995,
particularly  statements  regarding market  opportunities,  market share growth,
competitive  growth,  new  product   introductions,   success  of  research  and
development,  research and  development  expenses,  customer  acceptance  of new
products,  gross margin, and marketing and general and administrative  expenses.
These  forward-looking  statements  involve  risks  and  uncertainties,  and the
cautionary  statements set forth below,  specifically those contained in "Future
operating  results,"  identify important factors that could cause actual results
to differ  materially from those in any such  forward-looking  statements.  Such
factors  include,  but are not limited to, adverse  changes in general  economic
conditions,  including  changes  in  the  specific  markets  for  the  Company's
products,  adverse  business  conditions,  decreased  or lack of  growth  in the
computing  industry,  adverse  changes in  customer  order  patterns,  increased
competition,  lack of  acceptance of new products,  pricing  pressures,  lack of
success in technological advancements,  risks associated with foreign operations
and other factors, including those listed below.


Results of operations

Net revenues

Sun's net revenues increased $1,504 million, or 21%, to $8,598 million in fiscal
1997,  compared with an increase of $1,193 million, or 20%, in fiscal 1996. Over
75% of the increase in net revenues in fiscal 1997 was due to the strong  demand
experienced  by Sun  throughout  the  fiscal  year  for its  workgroup  servers,
departmental  servers,  enterprise  servers,  and high-end desktop  systems.  In
addition,  the increase in net revenues  resulted from memory,  storage options,
and accessories shipped to both new and installed-base customers purchasing more
richly  configured  systems.  Revenues  from  other  Sun  businesses,  including
service,  microprocessors,  and  software,  in  total  increased  slightly  as a
percentage of net revenues and increased  approximately  30% in absolute dollars
during fiscal 1997. The increase in net revenues in fiscal 1996 over fiscal 1995
was primarily  attributable to increased shipments of richly configured servers,
and higher revenues from memory, storage options, and accessories.

In fiscal  1997 and fiscal  1996,  domestic  net  revenues  grew by 25% and 20%,
respectively, while international net revenues (including United States exports)
grew  17%  and  21%,  respectively.   Revenues  from  international   operations
represented  49% in  fiscal  1997 and 50% in  fiscal  1996 and 1995 of total net
revenues.

20


<PAGE>

Sun Microsystems, Inc. 1997 Annual Report


European net revenues  increased 20% in fiscal 1997,  primarily due to continued
market acceptance of Sun's network computing products and services in the United
Kingdom, parts of northern Europe, and Germany.

Japan net revenues increased 3% for fiscal 1997,  compared to an increase of 13%
in fiscal 1996.  The Company  attributes  the decrease in the growth of revenues
from  13% in  fiscal  1996 to 3% in  fiscal  1997  to  current  economic  trends
affecting the Japanese market,  including  currency  movements  against the U.S.
dollar, which the Company does not expect to change materially in the near term.
If the  economic  trends in Japan  significantly  worsen in a quarter or decline
over an extended period of time, the Company's  results from operations and cash
flows would be adversely affected.

Net revenues in Rest of World increased by 29% in fiscal 1997, compared with 28%
in fiscal 1996,  primarily due to expanding  markets in China,  Korea, and Latin
America.

A portion  of the  Company's  operations  consists  of  manufacturing  and sales
activities in foreign jurisdictions. As a result, the Company's results could be
significantly  adversely affected by factors such as changes in foreign currency
exchange rates or real economic  conditions in the foreign  markets in which the
Company distributes its products. The Company is primarily exposed to changes in
exchange rates on the Japanese yen,  British pound sterling,  French franc,  and
German deutsche mark. When the U.S. dollar strengthens against these currencies,
the U.S. dollar value of non-U.S.  dollar-based  sales decreases.  When the U.S.
dollar  weakens  against  these  currencies,  the U.S.  dollar value of non-U.S.
dollar-based sales increases. Correspondingly, the U.S. dollar value of non-U.S.
dollar-based costs increases when the U.S. dollar weakens and decreases when the
U.S. dollar  strengthens.  Overall,  the Company is a net receiver of currencies
other than the U.S.  dollar and, as such,  benefits  from a weaker dollar and is
adversely affected by a stronger dollar relative to major currencies  worldwide.
Accordingly, changes in exchange rates, and in particular a strengthening of the
U.S.  dollar,  may adversely affect the Company's  consolidated  sales and gross
margins as expressed in U.S. dollars.

To mitigate the short-term  effect of changes in currency  exchange rates on the
Company's  non-U.S.  dollar-based  sales,  product  procurement,  and  operating
expenses,  the Company regularly hedges its net non-U.S.  dollar-based exposures
by  entering  into  foreign  exchange  forward  and  option  contracts  to hedge
anticipated transactions. Currently, hedges of transactions do not extend beyond
three  months.  Given the short term nature of the  Company's  foreign  exchange
forward and option  contracts,  the Company's  exposure to risk  associated with
currency  market  movements  on the  instruments  in  place  at year  end is not
material.  See  "Other  Financial  Instruments"  in  Note  1 of  the  "Notes  to
Consolidated Financial Statements" for more details.  Compared with fiscal 1996,
the dollar in fiscal 1997 has  strengthened  against the  Japanese  yen and most
major  European  currencies.  Management  has  estimated  that the net impact of
currency fluctuations on operating results, while slightly unfavorable,  was not
significant in any of the fiscal years in the  three-year  period ended June 30,
1997.

Gross margin

Gross margin was 49.8% for fiscal 1997, compared with 44.7% and 43.5% for fiscal
1996 and 1995, respectively.  Over half of the increase in gross margin resulted
from sales of more richly configured, higher margin servers and desktop systems.
The increase also resulted partly from the aggregate effect of revenue increases
in other Sun businesses.

The factors described above resulted in a favorable impact on gross margin.  The
Company  continuously  evaluates the  competitiveness  of its product offerings.
These  evaluations  could  result in repricing  actions in the near term.  Sun's
future operating  results would be adversely  affected if such repricing actions
were to occur and the  Company  were  unable to mitigate  the  resulting  margin
pressure by maintaining a favorable mix of systems, software, service, and other
products and by achieving component cost reductions, operating efficiencies, and
higher volumes.

Between fiscal 1995 and fiscal 1996, gross margin increased slightly.  Increased
revenues from higher margin servers and desktop  systems had a favorable  impact
on gross margin in fiscal 1996.

Research and development

Research and  development  (R&D) expenses  increased $173 million,  or 26.5%, in
fiscal 1997 to $826 million, compared with an increase of $90 million, or 16.0%,
in fiscal 1996. As a percentage of

21

<PAGE>


Management's  discussion  and  analysis of  financial  condition  and results of
operations


net revenues,  R&D expenses were 9.6%,  9.2% and 9.5% in fiscal 1997,  1996, and
1995, respectively. R&D spending continued at a substantial level throughout the
three-year  period  ended June 30,  1997,  as the  Company  invested in specific
projects in support of new  software  and  hardware  product  introductions  and
continued   development   of  the   SPARC(TM)   microprocessor   product   line.
Approximately  half of the  dollar  increase  in R&D  expenses  in  fiscal  1997
reflects  development  of hardware and software  products  that utilize the Java
architecture  and new server and storage  products.  The  remaining  increase in
dollar  amount  of  such  expenses  is  primarily   attributable   to  continued
development of UltraSPARC  systems,  further  development  of products  obtained
through acquisitions,  and increased compensation due primarily to higher levels
of staffing. The increase as a percentage of net revenues reflects the Company's
belief that to maintain its competitive  position in a market  characterized  by
rapid rates of  technological  advancement,  the Company must continue to invest
significant resources in new systems, software, and microprocessor  development,
as well as in enhancements to existing products.

Selling, general and administrative

Selling,  general and administrative  (SG&A) expenses increased $615 million, or
34.4%,  in fiscal  1997 to $2,402  million  compared  with an  increase  of $285
million,  or 18.9%,  in fiscal 1996.  As a  percentage  of net  revenues,  these
expenses  were  27.9%,  25.2%,  and  25.5%  in  fiscal  1997,  1996,  and  1995,
respectively.  Approximately  half of the dollar  increase  is  attributable  to
increased  marketing  costs  related  to new  product  introductions  and  other
promotional programs,  and an increase in compensation  resulting primarily from
higher  levels of  marketing  and sales head  count.  The dollar  increase  also
reflects investments aimed at improving Sun's own business processes. The dollar
increase in fiscal 1996  resulted  primarily  from  increased  marketing  costs,
compensation,  and investments in  demand-creation  programs.  The increase as a
percentage  of net  revenues in fiscal 1997  reflects,  in part,  the  Company's
ongoing  efforts to expand its  demandcreation  programs and service and support
organizations.  In fiscal  1998,  the  Company  expects to continue to invest in
efforts to achieve  additional  operating  efficiencies  through  the  continual
review and improvement of business processes.  In addition,  the Company expects
to continue to hire personnel to drive its demand-creation  programs and service
and support operations.

Nonrecurring Charges

Nonrecurring  charges represents charges for purchased  in-process  research and
development associated with the Company's acquisition of Long View Technologies,
LLC,   Integrated   Micro  Products  plc,  and  Lighthouse   Design,   Ltd.  See
"Acquisitions" in Note 2 of the "Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements" for
additional information.

Gain on sale of equity investment

The gain on sale of equity investment  represents the net proceeds from the sale
of the Company's equity investment in Iona Technologies, plc.

Interest income (expense), net

The Company's  interest  income and expense are most sensitive to changes in the
general  level of U.S.  interest  rates.  In this  regard,  changes  in the U.S.
interest rates affect the interest earned on the Company's cash  equivalents and
short-term  investments as well as interest paid on its short-term and long-term
borrowings.  To mitigate the impact of fluctuations in U.S.  interest rates, the
Company  has  entered  into an  interest  rate  swap  transaction.  This swap is
intended to better match the Company's floating-rate interest income on its cash
equivalents  and  short-term  investments  with  the  interest  expense  on  its
long-term debt.

Net interest  income  decreased to $32.4  million in fiscal 1997,  compared with
$33.9  million and $22.9  million in fiscal 1996 and fiscal 1995,  respectively.
The decrease in net interest  income for fiscal 1997 is primarily  the result of
lower  interest  earnings  due  to a  smaller  average  portfolio  of  cash  and
investments as compared to the  corresponding  period in fiscal 1996. The growth
in net  interest  income  for fiscal  1996,  as  compared  to fiscal  1995,  was
primarily  the  result of  interest  savings  from  reduced  debt  levels and an
increase in the effective interest rate earned on investments.

The  principal/notional  amount of the Company's cash equivalents and short-term
investments, which

22

<PAGE>


Sun Microsystems, Inc. 1997 Annual Report


bear interest rate risk, by year of expected  maturity and average interest rate
are as follows:

                                                                At June 30, 1997
                                  1998        1999        Total      Fair Value
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cash equivalents and short-term
     investments                 $643.8     $ 52.6       $696.4       $696.6
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Average interest rate               5.2%       5.5%        --            --
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


Income taxes

The  effective  tax rate for fiscal  1997 was 32%.  The  effective  tax rate for
fiscal  1996  was  32%  before  a  $5.7  million  tax  charge  resulting  from a
nonrecurring  write-off of in-process  research and development  associated with
the acquisition of Lighthouse  Design,  Ltd. The effective tax rate for 1995 was
also 32%.

The Company  currently expects its tax rate to increase to approximately 33% for
fiscal 1998.  The  estimate is based on current tax law and current  estimate of
earnings, and is subject to change.

Future operating results

The market for Sun's products and services is intensely  competitive and subject
to  continuous,  rapid  technological  change,  short  product life cycles,  and
frequent  product  performance  improvements  and price  reductions.  Due to the
breadth of the Company's  product lines and the  scalability of its products and
network  computing model, Sun competes in many segments of the network computing
market  across a broad  spectrum  of  customers.  The Company  expects  that the
markets for its products and  technologies,  as well as its  competitors  within
such markets,  will continue to change as the rightsizing  trend shifts customer
buying  patterns to  network-based  systems,  which often employ  solutions from
multiple  vendors.  Competition in these markets will also continue to intensify
as Sun and  its  competitors,  principally  Hewlett-Packard  Co.,  International
Business  Machines  Corporation,  Digital  Equipment  Corporation,  and  Silicon
Graphics,  Inc.,  aggressively position themselves to benefit from this shifting
of customer buying patterns and demand.  The Company is also facing  competition
from these  competitors,  as well as other systems  manufacturers such as Compaq
Computer Corporation and Dell Computer Corporation,  whose products are based on
microprocessors  from Intel Corporation coupled with Windows NT operating system
software from Microsoft Corporation. These products demonstrate the viability of
certain networked personal computer solutions and have increased the competitive
pressure, particularly in the Company's workstation and lower-end server product
lines.  Finally,  the timing of  introductions  of new  products and services by
Sun's  competitors  may negatively  impact the future  operating  results of the
Company, particularly when such introductions occur in periods leading up to the
Company's  introduction of its own enhanced  products.  The Company expects this
pressure to continue and intensify into fiscal 1998. While many other technical,
service,  and support  capabilities  affect a customer's  buying  decision,  the
Company's  future  operating  results  will depend,  in part,  on its ability to
compete with these technologies.

The Company's future operating  results will depend to a considerable  extent on
its  ability to rapidly  and  continuously  develop,  introduce,  and deliver in
quantity  new  systems,   software,   and  service  products,  as  well  as  new
microprocessor  technologies,  that offer its customers enhanced  performance at
competitive prices. The development of new  high-performance  computer products,
such as the Company's development of the UltraSPARC microprocessor, is a complex
and uncertain  process  requiring  high levels of innovation  from the Company's
designers  and  suppliers,   as  well  as  accurate   anticipation  of  customer
requirements and technological trends. Once a hardware product is developed, the
Company must rapidly bring such products to volume manufacturing, a process that
requires accurate forecasting of volumes,  mix of products,  and configurations,
among other things, in order to achieve acceptable yields and costs.

23

<PAGE>


Management's  discussion  and  analysis of  financial  condition  and results of
operations


Future operating  results will depend to a considerable  extent on the Company's
ability to closely manage product introductions in order to minimize unfavorable
patterns of customer orders, to reduce levels of older inventory,  and to ensure
that adequate supplies of new products can be delivered to meet customer demand.
The ability of the Company to match supply and demand is further  complicated by
the  Company's  need to adjust  prices to reflect  changing  competitive  market
conditions as well as the variability and timing of customer orders with respect
to the Company's older products.  As a result,  the Company's  operating results
could be adversely  affected if the Company is not able to correctly  anticipate
the level of demand for the mix of products. Because the Company is continuously
engaged in this product development,  introduction,  and transition process, its
operating results may be subject to considerable fluctuation,  particularly when
measured on a quarterly basis.

The Company is increasingly dependent on the ability of its suppliers to design,
manufacture,   and  deliver   advanced   components   required  for  the  timely
introduction  of new products.  The failure of any of these suppliers to deliver
components  on time or in  sufficient  quantities,  or the failure of any of the
Company's own designers to develop innovative  products on a timely basis, could
result in a significant adverse impact on the Company's  operating results.  The
inability to secure enough components to build products, including new products,
in the quantities and configurations  required, or to produce, test, and deliver
sufficient  products to meet demand in a timely manner,  would adversely  affect
the Company's  net revenues and  operating  results.  To secure  components  for
development,   production,   and  introduction  of  new  products,  the  Company
frequently  makes advanced  payments to certain  suppliers and often enters into
noncancelable purchase commitments with vendors early in the design process. Due
to the  variability  of material  requirement  specifications  during the design
process,  the Company must closely  manage  material  purchase  commitments  and
respective delivery schedules.  In the event of a delay or flaw in the Company's
design process,  the Company's operating results could be adversely affected due
to the Company's obligations to fulfill such noncancelable purchase commitments.

Generally,   the  computer   systems  sold  by  Sun,  such  as  the   UltraSPARC
processor-based  products,  are the result of hardware and software development,
such that  delays in the  software  development  can  delay the  ability  of the
Company to ship new hardware products. In addition, adoption of a new release of
an operating  system may require  effort on the part of the customer and porting
by  software  vendors  providing  applications.  As  a  result,  the  timing  of
conversion to a new release is  inherently  unpredictable.  Moreover,  delays by
customers  in  adopting  a new  release  of an  operating  system  can limit the
acceptability  of hardware  products  tied to that  release.  Such delays  could
adversely affect the future operating results of the Company.

Seasonality also affects the Company's  operating  results,  particularly in the
first  and third  quarter  of each  fiscal  year.  In  addition,  the  Company's
operating  expenses  are  increasing  as the  Company  continues  to expand  its
operations,  and future operating results will be adversely affected if revenues
do not  increase  accordingly.  Additionally,  the Company  plans to continue to
evaluate and, when appropriate, make acquisitions of complementary technologies,
products,  or businesses.  As part of this process, the Company will continue to
evaluate the changing value of its assets, and when necessary,  make adjustments
thereto.

In order to remain  competitive in a rapidly-changing  industry,  the Company is
continually  improving  and  changing  its business  practices,  processes,  and
information systems. In this regard, the Company has begun to implement a number
of new business  practices  and a series of related  information  systems;  such
activities  are currently  planned to be fully  operational in the first half of
fiscal  year  1999.   Implementing  a  number  of  new  business  practices  and
information  systems is a complex process,  affecting  numerous  operational and
financial  systems and  processes  as well as requiring  comprehensive  employee
training.  While the Company tests these new systems and processes in advance of
implementation,  there are  inherent  limitations  in the  Company's  ability to
simulate a full-scale operating environment in advance of system cutover. To the
extent that the Company  encounters  problems  after  introduction  of these new
systems and practices that prevent or limit their full utilization,  there could
be a material, adverse impact on the Company's operating results.

24

<PAGE>

Sun Microsystems, Inc. 1997 Annual Report


While the Company cannot  predict what effect these various  factors may have on
its financial  results,  the  aggregate  effect of these and other factors could
result in significant  volatility in the Company's future  performance and stock
price.

Liquidity and capital resources

The Company's financial  condition  strengthened as of fiscal 1997 year end when
compared with fiscal 1996. During fiscal 1997,  operating  activities  generated
$1,105  million  in cash and cash  equivalents,  compared  with $688  million in
fiscal 1996.  Accounts  receivable  increased  $335  million,  or 27%, to $1,667
million,  due primarily to a 26% increase in net revenues in the fourth  quarter
of fiscal 1997 as compared with the corresponding  period of 1996.  Deferred tax
assets,  and other current and noncurrent assets increased $70 million,  or 12%,
to $680  million,  due  primarily to the timing of payments for income and other
taxes.  Accrued  payroll-related  liabilities,  accrued  liabilities,  and other
increased $288 million, or 26%, due in part to increases in compensation, sales,
and marketing  costs.  Accounts payable  increased $144 million,  or 44%, due in
part to additional operating expenses associated with the expansions of business
and corresponding increases in head count.

The Company's investing  activities used $543 million of cash in fiscal 1997, an
increase of $418 million from the $125 million used in fiscal 1996. The increase
resulted  primarily  from the  Company  investing  more of the  fiscal  1997 net
operating  cash flow in cash  equivalents  and less in  short-term  investments.
Additions to  property,  plant and  equipment,  totaled  $554  million,  up $258
million,  or 87%, from fiscal 1996  additions,  primarily due to the purchase of
Phase II of the campus located in Menlo Park,  California,  additions to support
increased  marketing and tradeshow  programs,  and capital  additions to support
increased head count.  In association  with the  acquisition of Encore  Computer
Corporation and other acquisitions expected to be completed, contingent upon the
completion of various  closing  conditions,  in the first and second quarters of
fiscal 1998, the Company expects to record  in-process  research and development
write-offs that are not likely to exceed $160 million. In addition,  the Company
plans to expend $300 to $600  million  during  fiscal 1998  associated  with the
development of additional campuses in Colorado, Massachusetts, and California.

Approximately  $430 million of cash was used by financing  activities  in fiscal
1997,  compared with $449 million used in fiscal 1996.  This change is primarily
due to a reduction in the dollar value of shares  repurchased  from $522 million
for fiscal 1996 to $456 million for fiscal 1997,  retirement  of the  receivable
purchase agreement of $125 million and additional  short-term  borrowings of $52
million.

The Company's  exposure to interest rate risk on the $40 million  mortgage loan,
due in May 1999, and the international  short-term borrowings of $101 million is
not  material,  given  the  short-term  maturity  of these  instruments  and the
Company's  evaluation  of the potential  for rate changes  associated  with such
instruments.  The  Company  has entered  into an  interest  rate swap  agreement
(exchanging a fixed rate for variable) related to the $40 million mortgage loan.
The potential  impact of this swap  arrangement  on the Company's  mortgage loan
interest rate is not expected to be material.

At June 30, 1997, the Company's primary sources of liquidity  consisted of cash,
cash equivalents,  and short-term  investments of $1,113 million and a revolving
credit facility with banks aggregating $300 million, which was available subject
to  compliance  with certain  covenants,  and $440 million of  borrowings  under
available  lines of  credit to the  Company's  international  subsidiaries.  The
Company  believes  that the liquidity  provided by existing cash and  short-term
investment balances and the borrowing  arrangements  described above may have to
be supplemented with additional  resources to provide sufficient capital to meet
the Company's  requirements  through fiscal 1998. The Company believes the level
of financial  resources is a significant  competitive factor in its industry and
may  choose  at any time to raise  additional  capital  through  debt or  equity
financing to strengthen its financial  position,  facilitate growth, and provide
the  Company  with   additional   flexibility  to  take  advantage  of  business
opportunities that may arise.

25

<PAGE>
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

                                                            Years Ended June 30,
(In thousands, except share and
 per share amounts)                        1997         1996        1995
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net revenues                            $8,598,346   $7,094,751   $5,901,885
Cost and expenses:
 Cost of sales                           4,320,460    3,921,228    3,335,610
 Research and development                  825,968      653,044      562,895
 Selling, general and administrative     2,402,442    1,787,567    1,503,024
 Nonrecurring charges                       22,958       57,900        --
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total costs and expenses                 7,571,828    6,419,739    5,401,529
Operating income                         1,026,518      675,012      500,356
Gain on sale of equity investment           62,245        --           --
Interest income                             39,899       42,976       40,778
Interest expense                            (7,455)      (9,114)     (17,836)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Income before income taxes               1,121,207      708,874      523,298
Provision for income taxes                 358,787      232,486      167,456
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net income                              $  762,420   $  476,388   $  355,842
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net income per common
and common-equivalent share             $     1.96   $     1.21   $     0.91
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Common and common-equivalent 
shares used in the calculation of 
net income per share                       388,967      393,380      393,700
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
See accompanying notes. 

26

<PAGE>


<TABLE>
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                         At June 30,
(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)                                                  1997                    1996
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                                            <C>                      <C>        
Assets
Current assets:
 Cash and cash equivalents                                                                     $   660,170              $   528,854
 Short-term investments                                                                            452,590                  460,743
 Accounts receivable, net of allowances for
  price protection, cooperative marketing programs,
  and bad debts of $196,091 in 1997 and $100,730 in 1996                                         1,666,523                1,206,612
 Inventories                                                                                       437,978                  460,914
 Deferred tax assets                                                                               286,720                  177,554
 Other current assets                                                                              224,469                  199,059
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Total current assets                                                                         3,728,450                3,033,736
Property, plant and equipment:
 Machinery and equipment                                                                         1,057,239                  928,361
 Furniture and fixtures                                                                             93,078                   69,059
 Leasehold improvements                                                                            166,745                   91,052
 Land and buildings                                                                                341,279                  193,912
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                 1,658,341                1,282,384
Accumulated depreciation and amortization                                                         (858,448)                (748,535)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                   799,893                  533,849
Other assets, net                                                                                  168,931                  233,324
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                               $ 4,697,274              $ 3,800,909
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity
Current liabilities:
 Short-term borrowings                                                                         $   100,930              $    49,161
 Accounts payable                                                                                  468,912                  325,067
 Accrued payroll-related liabilities                                                               337,412                  282,778
 Accrued liabilities and other                                                                     625,600                  518,772
 Deferred service revenues                                                                         197,616                  140,157
 Income taxes payable                                                                              118,568                  134,934
 Current portion of long-term debt                                                                    --                     38,400
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Total current liabilities                                                                    1,849,038                1,489,269
Long-term debt and other obligations                                                               106,299                   60,154
Commitments and contingencies
Stockholders' equity:
 Preferred stock, $0.001 par value, 10,000,000 shares
  authorized; no shares issued and outstanding                                                        --                       --
 Common stock, $0.00067 par value, 950,000,000 shares
  authorized; issued: 430,535,886 shares in 1997 and
  426,320,118 shares in 1996                                                                           288                       72
 Additional paid-in capital                                                                      1,229,797                1,164,349
 Retained earnings                                                                               2,409,850                1,662,355
 Treasury stock, at cost: 60,050,380 shares in 1997 and
  54,355,876 shares in 1996                                                                       (915,426)                (596,910)
 Currency translation adjustment and other                                                          17,428                   21,620
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Total stockholders' equity                                                                   2,741,937                2,251,486
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                               $ 4,697,274              $ 3,800,909
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<FN>
See accompanying notes. 
</FN>
</TABLE>

27

<PAGE>


<TABLE>
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS


<CAPTION>
                                                                                                              Years  Ended  June 30,
(In  thousands)                                                                                1997           1996            1995
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                                       <C>            <C>            <C>        
Cash flow from operating activities:
 Net income                                                                               $   762,420    $   476,388    $   355,842
 Adjustments to reconcile net income to operating cash flows:
  Depreciation and amortization                                                               341,727        284,083        240,626
  Gain on sale of equity investment                                                           (62,245)          --             --
  Tax benefit of options exercised                                                             63,825         53,000         20,837
  Other non-cash items                                                                         33,208         68,358          2,482
  Net increase in receivables                                                                (334,911)      (160,238)      (188,773)
  Net decrease (increase) in inventories                                                       22,936       (135,742)       (24,724)
  Net increase (decrease) in accounts payable                                                 143,845         17,275        (59,833)
  Net increase in other current and non-current assets                                       (152,510)       (43,701)        (2,006)
  Net increase in other current and non-current liabilities                                   286,793        128,891        293,043
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net cash provided from operating activities                                                 1,105,088        688,314        637,494
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cash flow from investing activities:
 Additions to property, plant and equipment                                                  (554,018)      (295,638)      (242,436)
 Acquisition of other assets                                                                  (37,645)       (83,889)       (68,089)
 Acquisition of short-term investments                                                       (973,884)    (1,301,798)    (3,470,614)
 Payment for acquisitions                                                                     (22,958)       (96,100)          --
 Proceeds from sale of equity investment                                                       62,245           --             --
 Maturities of short-term investments                                                         634,765      1,424,324      2,300,824
 Sales of short-term investments                                                              347,771        228,377        804,862
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net cash used by investing activities                                                        (543,724)      (124,724)      (675,453)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cash flow from financing activities:
 Issuance of stock, net of employee repurchases                                                52,969         59,554         79,613
 Acquisition of treasury stock                                                               (456,090)      (522,336)       (36,107)
 Proceeds from employee stock purchase plans                                                   81,313         54,840         42,750
 Proceeds (reduction) of short-term borrowings, net                                            51,769         (1,625)       (27,901)
 Retirement of receivable purchase agreement                                                 (125,000)          --             --
 Reduction of long-term borrowings and other                                                  (35,009)       (39,038)       (40,464)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net cash (used by) provided from financing activities                                        (430,048)      (448,605)        17,891
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents                                          131,316        114,985        (20,068)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year                                                  528,854        413,869        433,937
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year                                                    $   660,170    $   528,854    $   413,869
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Supplemental  disclosures of cash-flow information:
  Cash paid during the period for:
    Interest                                                                              $    15,126    $    18,140    $    14,229
    Income taxes                                                                          $   380,814    $   193,461    $   113,999
Supplemental schedule of non-cash investing and financing activities:
The Company  purchased all of the assets of Integrated Micro Products plc during
 fiscal 1996. In conjunction with the  acquisition,  liabilities were assumed as
 follows:
  Fair value of assets acquired                                                                  --      $   101,500           --
  Cash paid for assets                                                                           --          (96,100)          --
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Liabilities assumed                                                                            --      $     5,400           --
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Stock issued in conjunction with acquisitions                                                    --      $    19,012           --
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<FN>
See accompanying notes.
</FN>
</TABLE>

28

<PAGE>


<TABLE>
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

<CAPTION>
                                              Common stock                                                   Treasury stock
                                           Shares          Amount         Additional      Retained       Shares            Amount
                                                                             Paid-in      Earnings                               
Three years ended June 30, 1997                                              Capital                                             
(in thousands, except share amounts)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                      <C>            <C>            <C>             <C>              <C>            <C>          
Balances at June 30, 1994                425,576,800    $         72   $  1,066,571    $    879,135     (50,171,500)   $   (329,245)
Issuance of stock, net of
 employee repurchases                        (66,876)           --             --           (29,494)     23,190,140         159,285
Treasury stock purchased                        --              --             --              --        (4,470,956)        (36,107)
Net income                                      --              --             --           355,842            --              --   
Tax benefit and other                           --              --           22,907            --              --              --   
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balances at June 30, 1995                425,509,924              72      1,089,478       1,205,483     (31,452,316)       (206,067)
Issuance of stock, net of
 employee repurchases                        (40,468)           --             --           (19,516)     14,561,928         131,493
Issuance of restricted stock                 850,662            --           19,012            --              --              --   
Treasury stock purchased                        --              --             --              --       (37,465,488)       (522,336)
Net income                                      --              --             --           476,388            --              --   
Tax benefit and other                           --              --           55,859            --              --              --   
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balances at June 30, 1996                426,320,118              72      1,164,349       1,662,355     (54,355,876)       (596,910)
Issuance of stock, net of
 employee repurchases                        (10,000)           --             --           (14,710)     10,378,115         137,574
Treasury stock purchased                        --              --             --              --       (16,072,619)       (456,090)
Exercise of warrants                       4,225,768               1          1,611            --              --              --   
Net income                                      --              --             --           762,420            --              --   
Tax benefit and other                           --              --           63,837            --              --              --
Issuance of common
 stock dividend                                 --               215            --             (215)           --              --   
Balances at June 30, 1997                430,535,886    $        288   $  1,229,797    $  2,409,850     (60,050,380)   $   (915,426)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

</TABLE>

                                                   Currency                Total
                                                Translation        Stockholders'
                                                Adjustments               Equity
                                                  and Other
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balances at June 30, 1994                        $    11,790        $ 1,628,323
Issuance of stock, net of
 employee repurchases                                   --              129,791
Treasury stock purchased                                --              (36,107)
Net income                                              --              355,842
Tax benefit and other                                 21,839             44,746
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balances at June 30, 1995                             33,629          2,122,595
Issuance of stock, net of
 employee repurchases                                   --              111,977
Issuance of restricted stock                            --               19,012
Treasury stock purchased                                --             (522,336)
Net income                                              --              476,388
Tax benefit and other                                (12,009)            43,850
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balances at June 30, 1996                             21,620          2,251,486
Issuance of stock, net of
 employee repurchases                                   --              122,864
Treasury stock purchased                                --             (456,090)
Exercise of warrants                                    --                1,612
Net income                                              --              762,420
Tax benefit and other                                 (4,192)            59,645
Issuance of common
 stock dividend                                        --                 --   
Balances at June 30, 1997                        $    17,428        $ 2,741,937
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
See accompanying notes.

29

<PAGE>


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Description of business

Sun  Microsystems,  Inc.  ("Sun" or the  "Company")  is a  supplier  of  network
computing products including workstations,  servers, software,  microprocessors,
and a full range of  services  and  support.  The Company  markets its  products
primarily to business, government, and education customers. The Company operates
in a single industry segment across geographically diverse markets.

Basis of presentation

The  consolidated  financial  statements  include  the  accounts  of Sun and its
wholly-owned  subsidiaries.  Intercompany  accounts and  transactions  have been
eliminated.  Certain amounts from prior years have been  reclassified to conform
to current-year presentation.

The preparation of financial  statements in conformity  with generally  accepted
accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that
affect the amounts reported in the financial  statements and accompanying notes.
Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Cash equivalents and short-term investments

Cash   equivalents   consist   primarily  of  highly  liquid   investments  with
insignificant interest rate risk and original maturities of three months or less
at the date of acquisition.

Short-term  investments  consist  primarily of time deposits,  commercial paper,
tax-exempt  securities,  and foreign debt with original  maturities beyond three
months. The Company's policy is to protect the value of its investment portfolio
and minimize principal risk by earning returns based on current interest rates.

The Company  accounts for  investments in accordance  with Financial  Accounting
Standards No. 115 (FAS 115),  "Accounting  for Certain  Investments  in Debt and
Equity  Securities."  Under FAS 115, debt  securities  that the Company does not
have the  positive  intent and  ability to hold to maturity  and all  marketable
equity securities are classified as either trading or available-for-sale and are
carried  at  fair  market  value.  All of the  Company's  cash  equivalents  and
short-term investments are classified as available-for-sale at June 30, 1997 and
1996. Unrealized holding gains and losses on  available-for-sale  securities are
carried net of tax as a separate component of stockholders'  equity in "Currency
translation adjustment and other."

Gross  unrealized  gains and losses are computed on the specific  identification
method.  The change in net unrealized  gains and losses in  investments,  net of
income taxes,  resulted in a decrease to stockholders' equity in fiscal 1997 and
1996. The net unrealized loss included in stockholders'  equity at June 30, 1997
and 1996, was not material.

Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (first in, first out) or market (net
realizable  value).  Given  the  volatility  of the  market  for  the  Company's
products,  the Company makes inventory  write downs for  potentially  excess and
obsolete inventory based on backlog and forecast demand.  However,  such backlog
and forecast demand is subject to revisions,  cancellations,  and  rescheduling.
Actual demand will inevitably differ from such backlog and forecast demand,  and
such  differences  may be  material  to the  financial  statements.  Inventories
consist of:

                    (In thousands)        1997       1996
                     Raw materials      $236,900   $267,811
                     Work in progress     50,577     58,337
                     Finished goods      150,501    134,766
                     --------------------------------------
                                        $437,978   $460,914
                     --------------------------------------

Property, plant and equipment

Property,  plant and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation and amortization
are provided  principally  on the  straight-line  method over the shorter of the
estimated useful lives of the assets (ranging from one to twenty-five  years) or
the applicable lease term.

 30


<PAGE>


Sun Microsystems, Inc. 1997 Annual Report


Other assets

Included in other assets are purchased technology rights, other intangibles, and
spare parts that are amortized using the straight-line  method over their useful
lives  ranging  from six  months  to seven  years.  The  Company  evaluates  the
recoverability of the intangibles on a quarterly basis.

Currency translation

Sun translates the assets and liabilities of international  non-U.S.  functional
currency subsidiaries into dollars at the rates of exchange in effect at the end
of the period. Revenues and expenses are translated using rates that approximate
those in effect during the period.  Gains and losses from  currency  translation
are  included  in  stockholders'  equity  in the  consolidated  balance  sheets.
Currency  transaction  gains or losses are recognized in current  operations and
have not been significant to the Company's operating results in any period.

Other financial instruments

The Company  enters into  interest-rate  swap  agreements to modify the interest
characteristics  of  its  outstanding  long-term  debt.  An  interest-rate  swap
agreement is designated as a hedge, and  effectiveness is determined by matching
the principal balance and terms with that of a specific debt obligation. Such an
agreement  involves the exchange of amounts  based on a fixed  interest rate for
amounts based on variable  interest rates over the life of the agreement without
an  exchange  of  the  notional  amount  upon  which  payments  are  based.  The
differential  to be paid or  received as  interest  rates  change is accrued and
recognized as an adjustment of interest expense related to the debt (the accrual
method  of  accounting).  The  related  amount  payable  to or  receivable  from
counterparties is included in other liabilities or assets.

The Company purchases foreign currency option contracts that effectively  enable
it to sell  currencies  expected  to be  received  as a result of certain of its
foreign  currency  denominated  sales during the ensuing three to five months at
specified  dollar  amounts.  The  option  contracts,  which  have  only  nominal
intrinsic  value at the time of purchase,  are  denominated  in the same foreign
currency in which sales are expected to be denominated.

These  contracts are designated and effective as hedges of a portion of probable
foreign currency exposure on anticipated net sales transactions  during the next
quarter,  which  otherwise  would expose the Company to foreign  currency  risk.
Premiums related to option contracts are recognized into income over the life of
the contract.  Gains on foreign  currency  option  contracts that are designated
hedges on anticipated  transactions  are deferred until the designated net sales
are  recorded.  Option  contracts  that would result in losses if exercised  are
allowed to expire.

The Company uses forward  foreign  exchange  contracts  that are  designated  to
reduce a portion of its exposure to foreign  currency risk from  operational and
balance-sheet  exposures  resulting  from changes in foreign  currency  exchange
rates.  Such  exposures  result  from the portion of the  Company's  operations,
assets,  and  liabilities  that are  denominated  in  currencies  other than the
functional  currency of the legal  entity in which the  contracts  are  entered,
including  local currency  denominated  assets and  liabilities  in U.S.  dollar
functional  currency  entities.   Forward  contracts  are  accounted  for  on  a
mark-to-market  basis with realized and  unrealized  gains or losses  recognized
currently. Discounts or premiums are recognized into income over the life of the
contract.  Amounts  receivable and payable on certain forward  foreign  exchange
contracts  are  recorded  as  other  current  assets  and  accrued  liabilities,
respectively.

The  Company  does not use  derivative  financial  instruments  for  speculative
trading  purposes,  nor does it hold or  issue  leveraged  derivative  financial
instruments.

Revenue recognition

Sun generally recognizes revenue from hardware and software sales at the time of
shipment,   with  allowances  established  for  price  protection,   cooperative
marketing  programs with  distributors,  and estimated product returns.  Service
revenues are recognized  ratably over the contractual  period or as the services
are provided.

31


<PAGE>


Notes to consolidated financial statements


Advertising costs

Advertising costs are charged to expense when incurred.  Advertising expense was
$272 million,  $168 million,  and $152 million for fiscal years 1997,  1996, and
1995, respectively.

Self-insurance

The  Company is  self-insured  up to specific  levels for  certain  liabilities.
Accruals  are  provided  each year based on  historical  claim costs and include
estimated  amounts for incurred but not reported claims.  The Company  maintains
stop loss  coverage  with  third-party  insurance  companies to cover  aggregate
annual losses in excess of $25 million.

Warranty expense

The Company  provides  currently  for the  estimated  costs that may be incurred
under warranties for products shipped.

Net income per common and common-equivalent share

Net income per common and common-equivalent share is computed using the weighted
average  number of common and  dilutive  common-equivalent  shares  outstanding.
Dilutive  common-equivalent  shares consist of the  incremental  shares issuable
upon the  exercise  of stock  options and  warrants  (using the  treasury  stock
method).  Fully diluted  earnings per share has not been  presented  because the
additional dilution effect is immaterial.

Concentration of credit risk

Financial  instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of
credit risk consist  principally  of  investment  securities,  foreign  exchange
contracts,  and  interest-rate  instruments  as well as trade  receivables.  The
counterparties   to  the  agreements   relating  to  the  Company's   investment
securities, foreign exchange contracts, and interest-rate instruments consist of
various major  corporations and financial  institutions of high credit standing.
The Company does not believe there is  significant  risk of  non-performance  by
these counterparties because the Company limits the amount of credit exposure to
any one financial institution and any one type of investment. The credit risk on
receivables  due from  counterparties  related to foreign  exchange and currency
option  contracts  was  immaterial  at June 30,  1997 and  1996.  The  Company's
receivables are derived  primarily from sales of hardware and software  products
and services to customers in  diversified  industries as well as to a network of
resellers.  The Company  performs  ongoing credit  evaluations of its customers'
financial  condition  and  limits  the  amount of credit  extended  when  deemed
necessary  but  generally  requires  no  collateral.  In fiscal 1997 the Company
provided  approximately  $20 million for doubtful  accounts ($11 million and $12
million in 1996 and 1995, respectively).

Stock dividend

The Company effected a two-for-one  stock split (effected in the form of a stock
dividend) to  stockholders of record as of the close of business on November 18,
1996.  Share and per-share  amounts  presented have been adjusted to reflect the
stock dividend.

Stock-based  compensation

The  Company  adopted  Financial   Accounting   Standards  No.  123  (FAS  123),
"Accounting  for Stock-Based  Compensation"  in fiscal 1997. As permitted by FAS
123, the Company continued to measure  compensation  expense for its stock-based
employee compensation plans using the intrinsic method prescribed by APB No. 25,
"Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees," and has provided in Note 8 pro forma
disclosures  of the effect on net income and  earnings  per share as if the fair
value-based  method  prescribed  by  FAS  123  had  been  applied  in  measuring
compensation expense.

Long-lived assets

The  Company  adopted  Financial   Accounting   Standards  No.  121  (FAS  121),
"Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to
be  Disposed  Of" in fiscal  1997.  Adoption  of FAS 121 did not have a material
effect on the Company's consolidated financial position or operating results.

Other recent pronouncements

In 1997 Financial  Accounting Standards No. 128 (FAS 128), "Earnings per Share,"
was issued and is effective for fiscal years commencing after December 15, 1997.
The future  adoption of FAS 128 is not expected to have a material effect on the
Company's reported earnings per share.

32

<PAGE>


Sun Microsystems, Inc. 1997 Annual Report


In  1997  Financial   Accounting   Standards  No.  130  (FAS  130),   "Reporting
Comprehensive  Income," was issued and is effective for fiscal years  commencing
after  December 15, 1997. The Company will comply with the  requirements  of FAS
130 in fiscal year 1999.

In 1997 Financial  Accounting  Standards No. 131 (FAS 131),  "Disclosures  About
Segments of an Enterprise and Related  Information," was issued and is effective
for fiscal years  commencing  after  December 15, 1997.  The Company will comply
with the requirements of FAS 131 in fiscal year 1999.

2. Acquisitions

On February 14, 1997, the Company  acquired all of the outstanding  interests of
Long View Technologies, LLC ("Long View"), a limited liability development-stage
company,  for  $22,957,500  in cash.  None of Long View's  products had achieved
technological  feasibility and no alternative  uses have been established by the
Company. The transaction was accounted for as a purchase. The purchase price has
been allocated to purchased  in-process  research and development  based upon an
independent  third-party  valuation.   The  purchased  in-process  research  and
development  resulted in a write-off of  $22,957,500.  Results of  operations of
Long View for the last five months of the fiscal year ended June 30,  1997,  are
included in the Company's consolidated statement of income and were not material
to the Company.

During  April 1996,  the  Company  acquired  substantially  all of the assets of
Integrated  Micro  Products plc, and its  wholly-owned  subsidiaries  Integrated
Micro Products (UK),  Ltd. and Integrated  Micro Products,  Inc.,  (collectively
IMP) for $96,100,000 in cash. In addition,  the Company  assumed  liabilities of
$5,400,000,   and  incurred   acquisition-related   expenses  of   approximately
$4,200,000.  The transaction was accounted for as a purchase and, on this basis,
the excess  purchase  price over the  estimated  fair value of the net  tangible
assets has been allocated to various intangible assets,  primarily consisting of
purchased research and development and goodwill based on independent third-party
valuation.  The  purchased  in-process  research and  development  resulted in a
write-off of  $43,000,000.  Intangible  assets,  including  goodwill,  are being
amortized over periods ranging from two to five years.  Results of operations of
IMP for the last two  months  of the  fiscal  year  ending  June 30,  1996,  are
included in the Company's consolidated statement of income and were not material
to the Company.

On June 28, 1996, the Company  completed a merger with Lighthouse  Design,  Ltd.
("Lighthouse").  Approximately 850,000 shares of stock valued at $19,000,000 and
$3,200,000  in cash were  exchanged for all of the  outstanding  common stock of
Lighthouse.  The transaction was accounted for as a purchase and, on this basis,
the excess  purchase  price over the  estimated  fair value of the net  tangible
assets has been allocated to various intangible assets,  primarily consisting of
purchased research and development and goodwill based on independent third-party
valuation.  The  purchased  in-process  research and  development  resulted in a
write-off of  $14,900,000.  Intangible  assets,  including  goodwill,  are being
amortized over periods ranging from two to three years.

3. Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Fair values of cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments  approximate
cost due to the short  period of time to  maturity.  The fair value of long-term
debt is estimated  based on current  interest rates available to the Company for
debt instruments with similar terms, degrees of risk, and remaining  maturities.
The estimated fair value of forward foreign  exchange  contracts is based on the
estimated  amount at which they could be settled based on market exchange rates.
The fair value of foreign currency option contracts and the  interest-rate  swap
agreement is obtained from dealer quotes and represents the estimated amount the
Company would receive or pay to terminate the agreements.  However, considerable
judgment is required in  interpreting  market data to develop the  estimates  of
fair value.  Accordingly,  the estimates  presented  herein are not  necessarily
indicative  of the amounts that the Company  could  realize in a current  market
exchange.

33

<PAGE>


Notes to consolidated financial statements


<TABLE>
The fair value of the Company's cash  equivalents and short-term  investments is
as follows:

<CAPTION>
                                                                         At June 30, 1997
                                              Cost        Gross        Gross    Estimated
                                                     Unrealized   Unrealized   Fair Value
(In thousands)                                            Gains       Losses   
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                         <C>        <C>        <C>          <C>     
State and local government debt             $166,449   $     16   $     56     $166,409
Corporate and other non-governmental debt    282,240          5         89      282,156
U.S. government debt                          85,628        233         13       85,848
Foreign debt                                  15,026         24       --         15,050
Money market fund                            119,600       --         --        119,600
Other investments                             27,500       --         --         27,500
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total                                       $696,443   $    278   $    158     $696,563
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                                         At June 30, 1996
                                              Cost        Gross        Gross    Estimated
                                                     Unrealized   Unrealized   Fair Value
(In thousands)                                            Gains       Losses   
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
State and local government debt             $343,616   $    121   $    173     $343,564
Corporate and other non-governmental debt    137,342        275      2,340      135,277
U.S. government debt                          46,364          1         39       46,326
Foreign debt                                  22,256          9         13       22,252
Money market fund                            108,900       --         --        108,900
Other investments                             50,400       --         --         50,400
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total                                       $708,878   $    406   $  2,565     $706,719
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>


The  cost  and  estimated  fair  values  of  cash   equivalents  and  short-term
investments by contractual maturity are as follows:

Cash equivalents and short-term
investments                                             At June 30, 1997
                                      Cost                    Estimated
 (In thousands)                                              Fair Value
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------
Maturing in one year or less        $643,820                  $643,846
Maturing after one year
 through three years                  52,623                    52,717
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------
Total                               $696,443                  $696,563
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------

34

<PAGE>


Sun Microsystems, Inc. 1997 Annual Report


<TABLE>
The fair  value of the  Company's  borrowing  arrangements  and other  financial
instruments is as follows:
<CAPTION>
                                     At June 30, 1997             At June 30, 1996
                                     Asset (Liability)           Asset (Liability)
                                      Carrying        Fair      Carrying         Fair
(In thousands)                          Amount       Value        Amount        Value
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                  <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>     
10.55% senior notes                       --           --      $ (38,400)   $ (39,855)
10.18% mortgage loan                 $ (40,000)   $ (42,541)     (40,000)     (43,230)
Forward foreign exchange contracts      (2,861)      (2,861)       1,877        1,877
Foreign currency option contracts         --          1,262         --          3,094
Short-term borrowings                 (100,930)    (100,930)     (49,161)     (49,161)
Interest-rate swap agreement              --            196         --            260
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

4. Derivative Financial Instruments

Outstanding  notional  amounts for  derivative  financial  instruments at fiscal
year-ends were as follows:

 (In thousands)               1997              1996
- -----------------------------------------------------
Swaps hedging debt         $ 40,000          $ 78,400
Forward foreign exchange
 contracts                  856,979           549,188
Foreign currency option
 contracts                  254,182           207,568
- -----------------------------------------------------

While the  contract  or  notional  amounts  provide one measure of the volume of
these  transactions,  they do not represent the amount of the Company's exposure
to credit risk. The amounts potentially subject to credit risk (arising from the
possible  inability of  counterparties to meet the terms of their contracts) are
generally  limited  to  the  amounts,  if  any,  by  which  the  counterparties'
obligations  exceed the obligations of the Company.  The Company controls credit
risk through credit approvals, limits, and monitoring procedures.  Credit rating
criteria  for  off  balance  sheet   transactions   are  similar  to  those  for
investments.

At June 30, 1997 and 1996, the Company had forward foreign exchange contracts of
less than three months duration,  to exchange  principally Japanese yen, British
pounds sterling,  and French francs for U.S. dollars in the total gross notional
amount  of $857  million  and $549  million,  respectively.  Of  these  notional
amounts, forward contracts to purchase foreign currency represented $128 million
and $85 million and forward contracts to sell foreign currency  represented $729
million and $464 million, at June 30, 1997 and 1996,  respectively.  The Company
also has purchased foreign currency options of less than two months duration, to
exchange  principally  Japanese yen, British pounds sterling,  German marks, and
French francs for U.S. dollars.

5. Borrowing Arrangements

Long-term debt consists of the following:

                                                At June 30,
 (In thousands)                     1997              1996
- -----------------------------------------------------------
10.55% senior notes               $  --             $38,400
10.18% mortgage                    40,000            40,000
                                   40,000            78,400
- -----------------------------------------------------------
Less portion due within one year     --              38,400
- -----------------------------------------------------------
Long-term debt                    $40,000           $40,000

In September and December 1989, the Company  signed  agreements  with a group of
insurance  companies  and received  $192 million from the sale of 10.55%  senior
notes due  September  1996 and  warrants to purchase  5,176,720  shares of Sun's
common  stock at an  effective  exercise  price of $6.20  per  share,  after and
subject to, further antidilution adjustments. During September 1996, the Company
made the final  principal  payment and all of the warrants were exercised by the
holders thereof.

The $40  million  mortgage  loan is secured  by real  property  and a  building.
Principal is due to the bank at maturity on May 18, 1999, with interest  payable
semiannually,  in arrears.  The loan agreement  provides for interest at a fixed
interest  rate  of  10.18%.  However,  the  Company  has an  interest-rate  swap
agreement with a third party (receive fixed,

35

<PAGE>


Notes to consolidated financial statements


pay variable)  that results in the Company  paying a rate based on LIBOR,  which
was 5.81% at June 30, 1997. The  interest-rate  swap agreement  matures with the
loan agreement.

In June 1996, the Company  negotiated a $300 million unsecured  revolving credit
agreement with an international group of 16 banks. The agreement expires on June
1, 2000.  Any  borrowings  under this agreement bear interest at a floating rate
based on prime,  certificates of deposit,  or Eurodollar rates, at the Company's
option.  Under the  agreement,  Sun is required to  maintain  various  financial
ratios. Sun was in compliance with all covenants at June 30, 1997. There were no
borrowings under this facility at June 30, 1997.

At June 30, 1997,  Sun's  international  subsidiaries  had uncommitted  lines of
credit  aggregating  approximately  $541 million,  of which  approximately  $101
million,  denominated  principally in yen, had been drawn.  The average interest
rate on the borrowings at June 30, 1997, was 2.30%.

6. Income Taxes

Income  before  income taxes and the  provision  for income taxes consist of the
following:

                                                            Years Ended June 30,
(In thousands)                               1997           1996           1995
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Income before income taxes:
 United States                        $   566,554    $   291,126    $   249,569
 Foreign                                  554,653        417,748        273,729
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total income before income taxes      $ 1,121,207    $   708,874    $   523,298
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Provision for income taxes
 Current:
  United States federal               $   303,537    $   152,514    $   122,769
  State                                    46,894         16,192         10,121
  Foreign                                  67,234         61,796         57,395
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Total current income taxes            417,665        230,502        190,285
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Deferred:
 United States federal                    (50,791)        (3,332)       (17,129)
 State                                     (5,231)         1,178          5,319
 Foreign                                   (2,856)         4,138        (11,019)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Total deferred income taxes           (58,878)         1,984        (22,829)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Provision for income taxes            $   358,787    $   232,486    $   167,456
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

36

<PAGE>


Sun Microsystems, Inc. 1997 Annual Report


Deferred  income  taxes  reflect  the net tax effects of  temporary  differences
between the carrying  amounts of assets and liabilities for financial  reporting
purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Significant components of
the Company's deferred tax liabilities and assets are as follows:

                                                            Years Ended June 30,
(In thousands)                                            1997           1996
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Deferred tax assets:
 Inventory valuation                                   $  66,057      $  42,855
 Reserves and other accrued expenses                     115,722         56,272
 Fixed asset basis differences                            63,717         49,460
 Compensation not currently deductible                    38,979         29,015
 State income taxes                                       21,926          2,135
 Other                                                    33,901         13,059
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Gross tax assets                                         340,302        192,796
Deferred tax liabilities:
 Net undistributed profits of subsidiaries              (112,758)       (20,008)
 Other                                                      (928)        (5,050)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Gross deferred tax liabilities                          (113,686)       (25,058)
Net deferred tax assets                                $ 226,616      $ 167,738
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<TABLE>
The provision for income taxes differs from the amount  computed by applying the
statutory federal income tax rate to income before income taxes. The sources and
tax effects of the difference are as follows:

<CAPTION>
                                                                     At June 30,
(In thousands)                                      1997         1996         1995
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                              <C>          <C>          <C>      
Expected tax rate at 35%                         $ 392,423    $ 248,106    $ 183,154
State income taxes, net of federal tax benefit      27,081       11,291       10,036
Foreign earnings permanently reinvested in
  foreign operations                               (63,550)     (36,580)     (20,460)
Other                                                2,833        9,669       (5,274)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Provision for income taxes                       $ 358,787    $ 232,486    $ 167,456
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

As of June 30, 1997, the Company has  unrecognized  deferred tax  liabilities of
approximately  $124 million related to cumulative net undistributed  earnings of
foreign   subsidiaries  of  approximately  $399  million.   These  earnings  are
considered to be permanently invested in operations outside the United States.

37

<PAGE>


Notes to consolidated financial statements


The  current  federal  and  state  provisions  do not  reflect  the tax  savings
resulting from  deductions  associated  with the Company's  various stock option
plans. These savings (in thousands) were $59,799; $53,079; and $20,837 in fiscal
1997, 1996, and 1995,  respectively,  and were credited to stockholders' equity.
The  Company's  United States income tax returns for fiscal years ended June 30,
1988 through 1994, are under  examination,  and the Internal Revenue Service has
proposed  certain  adjustments.  Management  believes that adequate amounts have
been  provided  for any  adjustments  that  may  ultimately  result  from  these
examinations.

7. Commitments

The  Company  leases  certain  facilities  and  equipment  under   noncancelable
operating  leases.  The future minimum  annual lease payments are  approximately
$110 million,  $92 million, $68 million, $46 million, and $39 million for fiscal
years 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, and 2002,  respectively,  and  approximately  $159
million for years following  fiscal 2002.  Rent expense under the  noncancelable
operating  leases was $113 million in 1997, $99 million in 1996, and $82 million
in 1995.

8. Stockholders' Equity

Common stock

In April 1989, the Company's Board of Directors approved a plan, as amended,  to
protect stockholders' rights in the event of a proposed takeover of the Company.
Under the plan,  the Board of Directors  declared a dividend  distribution  of a
common share  purchase  right (a "Right") on each share of the Company's  common
stock (a "Common  Share")  outstanding  on May 26,  1989,  and each Common Share
issued thereafter (subject to certain  limitations).  Upon becoming exercisable,
each Right will  entitle its holder to purchase  one Common Share at an exercise
price  of  $50  subject  to  adjustment.  The  Rights  are  not  exercisable  or
transferable apart from the Common Shares unless certain events occur, including
a  public  announcement  that a person  or group  (an  "Acquiring  Person")  has
acquired  or  obtained  the  right to  acquire  10% or more  (20% or more for an
Acquiring  Person who has filed a Schedule 13G in accordance with the Securities
Act of 1934  ["13G  Filer"])  of the  outstanding  Common  Shares  or until  the
commencement  or announcement of an intention to make a tender or exchange offer
for 30% or  more  of the  outstanding  Common  Shares.  Unless  the  Rights  are
redeemed,  in the event that an  Acquiring  Person  acquires 10% or more (20% or
more if the Acquiring  Person is a 13G Filer) of the  outstanding  Common Shares
(other than  pursuant to a tender  offer deemed fair by the  Company's  Board of
Directors),  each Right not held by the Acquiring Person will entitle the holder
to purchase for the exercise  price that number of Common Shares having a market
value equal to two times the exercise  price.  In the event that (i) the Company
is acquired in a merger or business  combination in which the Company is not the
surviving  corporation  or in which the Common Shares are exchanged for stock or
assets of  another  entity,  or (ii) 50% or more of the  Company's  consolidated
assets or earning power is sold, each Right not held by an Acquiring Person will
entitle the holder to purchase for the  exercise  price that number of shares of
common stock of the acquiring  company  having a market value equal to two times
the exercise price. The Rights are redeemable,  in whole but not in part, at the
Company's option, at $0.0025 per Right at any time prior to becoming exercisable
and  in  certain  other  circumstances.  The  Rights  expire  on May  25,  1999.

Stock-option and incentive plans

The Company's 1990 Long-Term  Equity  Incentive Plan ("1990 Incentive Plan") and
other  employee  stock  option  plans  provide  the  Board  of  Directors  broad
discretion  in creating  employee  equity  incentives  and authorize it to grant
incentive and  nonstatutory  stock  options as well as certain other awards.  In
addition, these plans provide for issuance to eligible employees of nonstatutory
stock options to purchase common stock at or below fair market value at the date
of grant subject to certain  limitations  set forth in the 1990 Incentive  Plan.
Options  expire  up to ten  years  from the date of grant or up to three  months
following  termination of employment or service on the Board,  whichever  occurs
earlier, and are exercisable at specified times prior to such expiration.  Under
the 1990  Incentive  Plan,  common  stock may also be issued  pursuant  to stock
purchase  agreements  that grant Sun certain  rights to repurchase the shares at
their  original  issue price in the event that the employment of the employee is
terminated prior to certain predetermined vesting dates. The above

38

<PAGE>

Sun Microsystems, Inc. 1997 Annual Report


described  plans  provide  that shares of common  stock may be sold at less than
fair market value, which results in compensation expense equal to the difference
between  the  market  value on the date of grant and the  purchase  price.  This
expense,  which is  immaterial,  is  recognized  over the vesting  period of the
shares. Sun's 1988 DirectorsO Stock Option Plan provides for the automatic grant
of stock options to nonemployee directors at each annual meeting of stockholders
and on the date each such person  becomes a director.  These options are granted
at fair  market  value  on the  date of  grant  and  have a term of five  years.
Finally,  in connection  with the  acquisition  of Lighthouse  Design,  Ltd., in
fiscal year 1996,  former  shareholders who are now employees of the Company are
entitled to receive up to approximately 650,000 shares of stock upon achievement
of specific  performance  criteria over the next three years.

<TABLE>
Information  with respect to stock option and stock purchase  rights activity is
as follows:

<CAPTION>
                                                                    Outstanding Options/Rights
                                             Shares           Number           Price per Share     Weighted
                                          Available        of Shares                                Average
(In thousands, except per share amounts)  for Grant                                          Exercise Price
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                        <C>               <C>               <C>                 <C>   
Balance at June 30, 1994                   2,172             53,696            $   0.00017-$9.25   $ 5.99
Additional shares reserved                13,400               --                    --              --   
Grants                                   (14,372)            14,372            $ 0.00017-$12.282   $ 8.50
Exercises                                   --              (14,312)           $  0.00017-$8.532   $ 5.71
Cancellations                              3,484             (4,508)           $     4.19-$8.719   $ 6.49
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance at June 30, 1995                   4,684             49,248            $  0.0025-$12.282   $ 6.84
Additional shares reserved                49,040               --                    --              --
Grants                                   (12,886)            12,886            $ 0.00034-$30.125   $20.25
Exercises                                   --               (9,762)           $   0.00034-$19.5   $ 6.78
Cancellations                              4,440             (4,616)           $   0.005-$30.125   $ 7.64
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance at June 30, 1996                  45,278             47,756            $   0.005-$30.125   $10.84
Additional shares reserved                   300               --                    --              --
Grants                                   (13,289)            13,289            $0.00067-$33.9375   $26.90
Exercises                                   --               (7,367)           $    0.01-$30.125   $ 6.99
Cancellations                              1,840             (2,319)           $    0.01-$33.375   $13.32
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance at June 30, 1997                  34,129             51,359            $0.00067-$33.9375   $15.44
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

39

<PAGE>


Notes to consolidated financial statements


<TABLE>
The following table summarizes significant ranges of outstanding and exercisable
options at June 30, 1997:
<CAPTION>
 
                                      Outstanding Options                     Options Exercisable
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Range of                     Shares       Weighted        Weighted           Shares           Weighted
Exercise Prices                            Average         Average                             Average
                                         Remaining        Exercise                            Exercise
                                     Life in Years           Price                               Price
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                       <C>                <C>          <C>             <C>                 <C>     
$0.00067-$5.00            4,288,300          4.0          $ 4.5504        2,278,900           $ 4.5733
$  5.001-$10.00          21,839,399          5.4          $ 7.4012        6,886,896           $ 7.2443
$10.0001-$15.00           2,749,740          6.0          $11.5599          442,300           $11.7329
$15.0001-$20.00           1,985,000          6.4          $19.5000          304,680           $19.5000
$20.0001-$25.00           8,175,662          7.2          $23.6645        1,068,788           $23.3494
$25.0001-$30.00           9,803,134          7.6          $27.1950            2,500           $26.6250
$30.0001-$33.9375         2,517,930          7.6          $32.2730          159,306           $30.1250
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                         51,359,165          6.2          $15.4370       11,143,370           $ 9.0874
</TABLE>


At June 30,  1997,  options to  purchase  approximately  11,143,000  shares were
exercisable  at prices  from  $4.1875 to  $30.1250  with a weighted  average and
aggregate  exercise price of $9.0874 and $101,264,000,  respectively  (8,898,000
shares at an aggregate price of $57,012,000 at June 30, 1996).

At June 30, 1997,  the Company  retains  repurchase  rights to 1,059,000  shares
issued pursuant to stock-purchase agreements and other stock plans.

The  weighted  average  fair value at date of grant for options  granted  during
1997, 1996, and 1995 was $17.873, $11.517, and $4.904 per option,  respectively.
The  fair  value  of  options  at the  date of grant  was  estimated  using  the
Black-Scholes model with the following weighted average assumptions:

                 1997               1996             1995
- ------------------------------------------------------------
Expected life     8.1               7.7              7.6
Interest rate     6.06%             6.36%            7.25%
Volatility       46.60%            57.99%           38.86%
Dividend yield       0                 0                0
- ------------------------------------------------------------

Employee stock-purchase plan

To provide employees with an opportunity to purchase common stock of Sun through
payroll deductions, Sun established the 1990 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. Under
this plan, Sun's employees, subject to certain restrictions, may purchase shares
of common stock at 85% of the fair market value at either the date of enrollment
or

40

<PAGE>


Sun Microsystems, Inc. 1997 Annual Report


the date of purchase whichever is less. Pursuant to this plan, and the Company's
1984 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (which terminated in August 1992), the Company
issued approximately 2,928,689;  4,714,000; and 8,808,000 shares of common stock
in fiscal 1997, 1996, and 1995,  respectively.  At June 30, 1997,  approximately
13,235,825 shares remained available for future issuance.

Common stock repurchase programs

In December  1990,  the Board of Directors  approved a  systematic  common stock
repurchase  program  related to the 1990 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. In fiscal
1997, the Company  repurchased  2,919,632 shares at a cost of approximately  $88
million  under this program  (3,077,488  shares at a cost of  approximately  $63
million in fiscal 1996).

In June 1995, the Board of Directors approved a plan to repurchase approximately
48 million shares of the Company's common stock.  During fiscal 1997 the Company
repurchased  8,904,258 shares at a cost of approximately $236 million under this
program (34,388,000 shares at a cost of approximately $460 million in 1996).

In August  1996,  the Board of  Directors  approved a  systematic  common  stock
repurchase  program  related to the 1990  Long-Term  Equity  Incentive  Plan. In
fiscal 1997, the Company repurchased 4,248,729 shares at a cost of approximately
$132 million under this program.

When the treasury  shares are  reissued,  any excess of the average  acquisition
cost of the shares  over the  proceeds  from  reissuance  is charged to retained
earnings.

Stock-based compensation

The Company has elected to follow Accounting  Principles Board (APB) Opinion No.
25,  "Accounting  for Stock Issued to Employees,"  and related  interpretations,
which require  compensation expense for options to be recognized when the market
price of the underlying stock exceeds the exercise price on the date of grant.

Financial  Accounting  Standards No. 123 (FAS 123),  "Accounting for Stock-Based
Compensation," permits companies to recognize as expense over the vesting period
the fair value of all  stock-based  awards on the date of grant. In management's
opinion, the existing stock option valuation models do not necessarily provide a
reliable single measure of the fair value of stock-based awards.  Therefore,  as
permitted,  the Company  will  continue to apply the existing  accounting  rules
under APB 25 and provide pro forma net income and pro forma  earnings  per share
disclosures   for   stock-based   awards   made   during  the  year  as  if  the
fair-value-based  method defined in FAS 123 had been applied. For employee stock
options,  the fair value of the stock  options was  estimated  as of the date of
grant using the Black-Scholes  option pricing model. Input variables used in the
model include a weighted  average  risk-free  interest rate using the eight-year
Treasury  Yield as of the date of grant  ranging  from 6.02% to 6.90% for fiscal
year 1997,  expected  dividend yield of 0%, estimated  volatility  factor of the
expected market price of the Company's  common stock of 46.6%,  and an estimated
option life of 8.1 years.

For the Employee Stock Purchase Plan, the fair value of the stock was calculated
using actuals for the plans  expiring  during the year. For plans expiring after
year end, the fair value was calculated  using estimated  shares to be purchased
and estimated purchase price.

Stock-based  compensation  costs would have reduced pretax income by $76,033,000
and  $35,116,000  in  fiscal  1997  and  1996,  respectively,  ($51,703,000  and
$23,879,000  after tax and $.08 and $.05 per  share)  if the fair  values of the
options granted in that year had been  recognized as  compensation  expense on a
straight line basis over the vesting  period of the grant.  The pro forma effect
on net income for fiscal  1997 and 1996 is not  representative  of the pro forma
effect  on net  income  in the  future  years  because  it does  not  take  into
consideration  pro forma  compensation  expense  related to grants made prior to
fiscal 1996.

Pro forma net income and earnings per share are as follows:

 (In thousands, except per share amounts)    1997             1996
- ------------------------------------------------------------------
Pro forma net income                     $710,717         $452,509
- ------------------------------------------------------------------
Pro forma common
 stock equivalents                        377,288          390,390
- ------------------------------------------------------------------
Pro forma earnings per share             $   1.88         $   1.16
- ------------------------------------------------------------------

41

<PAGE>


Notes to consolidated financial statements


9. Industry-Segment, Geographic, and Customer Information

Sun,  which  operates  in a  single  industry  segment,  designs,  manufactures,
markets,  and services  network  computing  systems and software  solutions that
feature networked desktops and servers. No customer accounted for 10% or more of
revenues  in  fiscal  1997,   1996,  or  1995.   Operations  of  Sun's  overseas
subsidiaries consist of sales, service, distribution, and manufacturing.

Intercompany transfers between geographic areas are accounted for at prices that
approximate arm's length transactions.  In addition,  United States export sales
approximated  3.0%, 3.8%, and 3.6% of net revenues during fiscal 1997, 1996, and
1995, respectively.

<TABLE>
Information regarding geographic areas at June 30, 1997, 1996, and 1995, and for
each of the years then ended, is as follows:

<CAPTION>
                                                      Geographic Area
                                                      United         Europe        Japan        Rest of   Eliminations      Total
(In thousands)                                        States                                      World
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                               <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>            <C>        
June 30, 1997, and for the year then ended:
Sales to unaffiliated
 customers                                        $ 4,709,343   $ 2,177,319   $   958,753   $   752,931   $      --      $ 8,598,346
Intercompany transfers                                978,981     2,018,531        17,973        61,724    (3,077,209)          --
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net revenues                                      $ 5,688,324   $ 4,195,850   $   976,726   $   814,655   $(3,077,209)   $ 8,598,346
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Operating income                                  $   477,136   $   522,575   $    13,958   $     8,116   $     4,733    $ 1,026,518
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Identifiable assets                               $ 4,079,585   $ 2,408,106   $   360,814   $   385,763   $(2,536,994)   $ 4,697,274
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Liabilities                                       $ 2,351,239   $ 1,284,970   $   350,076   $   369,868   $(2,400,816)   $ 1,955,337
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
June 30, 1996, and for the year then ended:
Sales to unaffiliated
 customers                                        $ 3,791,154   $ 1,778,712   $   991,044   $   533,841   $      --      $ 7,094,751
Intercompany transfers                                944,785     1,586,615        16,847        50,868    (2,599,115)          --
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net revenues                                      $ 4,735,939   $ 3,365,327   $ 1,007,891   $   584,709   $(2,599,115)   $ 7,094,751
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Operating income                                  $   280,296   $   370,034   $    23,690   $     6,497   $    (5,505)   $   675,012
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Identifiable assets                               $ 3,721,745   $ 1,542,890   $   325,417   $   319,262   $(2,108,405)   $ 3,800,909
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Liabilities                                       $ 2,023,047   $   891,360   $   305,045   $   318,834   $(1,988,863)   $ 1,549,423
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
June 30, 1995, and for the year then ended:
Sales to unaffiliated
 customers                                        $ 3,136,328   $ 1,490,960   $   866,440   $   408,157   $      --      $ 5,901,885
Intercompany transfers                                945,264     1,189,536        17,590        36,458    (2,188,848)          --
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net revenues                                      $ 4,081,592   $ 2,680,496   $   884,030   $   444,615   $(2,188,848)   $ 5,901,885
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Operating income                                  $   242,078   $   251,248   $    17,385   $     9,371   $   (19,726)   $   500,356
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Identifiable assets                               $ 3,573,509   $ 1,301,731   $   378,052   $   215,750   $(1,924,489)   $ 3,544,553
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Liabilities                                       $ 1,793,964   $   934,427   $   337,589   $   199,800   $(1,843,822)   $ 1,421,958
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

</TABLE>

42

<PAGE>


Sun Microsystems, Inc. 1997 Annual Report


10. Contingencies

In March 1990 Sun received a letter from Texas Instruments  Incorporated  ("TI")
alleging that a substantial  number of Sun's products  infringe  certain of TI's
patents.  Based on  discussions  with TI, Sun  believes  that it will be able to
negotiate a license  agreement  with TI and that the outcome of this matter will
not have a material adverse impact on Sun's financial position or its results of
operations or cash flows in any given fiscal year. Such a negotiated license may
or may not have a material adverse impact on Sun's results of operations or cash
flows in a given fiscal quarter  depending upon various  factors,  including but
not  limited  to the  structure  and  amount  of  royalty  payments,  offsetting
consideration  from TI, if any, and  allocation  of  royalties  between past and
future  product  shipments,  none  of  which  can be  forecast  with  reasonable
certainty at this time.

In the normal course of business,  the Company receives and makes inquiries with
regard to other  possible  patent  infringements.  Where deemed  advisable,  the
Company may seek or extend licenses or negotiate settlements.

The estimate of the  potential  impact on the  Company's  financial  position or
overall  results of operations for the above legal  proceedings  could change in
the future.


11. Quarterly Financial Data (unaudited)

                                                       Fiscal 1997 Quarter Ended
(In thousands,
 except per share amounts)      June 30     March 30   December 29  September 29
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net revenues                   $2,543,121   $2,114,618   $2,081,588   $1,859,019
Gross margin                    1,281,358    1,061,424    1,048,186      886,918
Operating income                  337,679      257,010      255,845      175,984
Net income                        237,178      223,511      178,341      123,390
Net income per share           $     0.61   $     0.58   $     0.46   $     0.31
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                                       Fiscal 1996 Quarter Ended
(In thousands,
 except per share amounts)      June 30     March 30   December 31     October 1
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net revenues                   $2,018,062   $1,840,028   $1,751,383   $1,485,278
Gross margin                      903,020      823,340      778,718      668,445
Operating income                  182,306      201,791      177,971      112,944
Net income                        122,336      143,307      126,049       84,696
Net income per share           $     0.31   $     0.37   $     0.32   $     0.21
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12. Subsequent Events (unaudited)

On July 17, 1997, the Company signed a definitive  agreement to purchase certain
assets from Encore  Computer  Corporation,  for  $185,000,000  in cash,  and the
assumption of specific liabilities. Upon and subject to closing, the transaction
will be accounted for as a purchase and, on this basis,  the purchase price will
be allocated  to tangible  and  intangible  assets and  in-process  research and
development.

The closing of this  acquisition  is contingent  upon the  completion of various
closing  conditions. 

During  August  1997,  the Company  acquired  all of the  outstanding  shares of
capital stock of Diba, Inc. The transaction  will be accounted for as a purchase
and, on this basis,  the purchase  price will be  allocated to tangible  assets,
intangible assets, and in-process research and development.

43

<PAGE>


Report of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Auditors


The Board of Directors and Stockholders, Sun Microsystems,  Inc.

We  have  audited  the   accompanying   consolidated   balance   sheets  of  Sun
Microsystems,  Inc. as of June 30, 1997 and 1996,  and the related  consolidated
statements of income, stockholders' equity, and cash flows for each of the three
years in the period  ended June 30, 1997.  These  financial  statements  are the
responsibility of the Company's management.  Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits  provide a reasonable  basis for our opinion. 

In our opinion,  the financial  statements  referred to above present fairly, in
all material respects,  the consolidated financial position of Sun Microsystems,
Inc. at June 30, 1997 and 1996, and the  consolidated  results of its operations
and its cash  flows for each of the three  years in the  period  ended  June 30,
1997, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.

                                                    /s/Ernst & Young LLP


Palo Alto, California
July 16, 1997

44




                                                                    EXHIBIT 22.0

                             SUN MICROSYSTEMS, INC.
                                  Subsidiaries

Diba, Inc.
Lighthouse Design, Ltd.
Lighthouse Design R&D Corporation
Nihon Sun Microsystems K.K.
Solaris Corporation
Sun Microsystems (Barbados), Ltd.
Sun Microsystems (Schweiz) A.G.
Sun Microsystems AB
Sun Microsystems Australia Pty. Ltd.
Sun Microsystems Belgium N.V./S.A.
Sun Microsystems Benelux B.V.
Sun Microsystems Distributions International, Inc.
Sun Microsystems Europe Properties, Inc.
Sun Microsystems Federal, Inc.
Sun Microsystems France, S.A.
Sun Microsystems GmbH
Sun Microsystems Holdings Limited
Sun Microsystems Hungary Computing Ltd.
Sun Microsystems Iberica, S.A.
Sun Microsystems Intercontinental Operations
Sun Microsystems International, Inc.
Sun Microsystems International B.V.
Sun Microsystems Ireland Limited
Sun Microsystems Italia S.p.A
Sun Microsystems Korea, Ltd.
Sun Microsystems Ltd.
Sun Microsystems Management Services Corporation
Sun Microsystems Nederland B.V.
Sun Microsystems (NZ) Ltd.
Sun Microsystems Oy
Sun Microsystems Poland, Sp.z.o.o
Sun Microsystems Properties, Inc.
Sun Microsystems Pte. Ltd.
Sun Microsystems Scotland B.V.
Sun Microsystems Scotland Limited.
Sun Microsystems Super Annuation Nominees Pty. Ltd.
Sun Microsystems de Chile, S.A.
Sun Microsystems de Colombia, S.A.
Sun Microsystems de Mexico, S. A. de C.V.
Sun Microsystems de Venezuela, S. A.
Sun Microsystems do Brasil Industria e Comercio Ltda.
Sun Microsystems of California, Inc.
Sun Microsystems of California, Ltd.
Sun Microsystems of Canada Inc..
Sun Microsystems China Ltd.
Sun TSI Subsidiary, Inc.
SunExpress, Inc.
SunExpress International, Inc.
SunSoft, Inc.
SunSoft International, Inc.
Solaris Indemnity, Ltd.
Solaris Assurance, Inc.
Sun Microsystems Risk Management, Inc.
Sun Microsystems Taiwan, Limited.
Sun Microsystems Israel, Limited.
Sun Microsystems Technology Pty. Ltd.
Sun Microsystems (China) Co., Ltd.
Sun Microsystems de Argentina S.A.

                                       29



                                                                    Exhibit 23.1
CONSENT OF ERNST & YOUNG LLP, INDEPENDENT AUDITORS


We consent to the  incorporation  by reference in this Annual Report (Form 10-K)
of Sun  Microsystems,  Inc. of our report dated July 16,  1997,  included in the
1997 Annual Report to Stockholders of Sun Microsystems, Inc.

Our audits also included the financial  statement  schedule of Sun Microsystems,
Inc. listed in Item 14(a). This schedule is the  responsibility of the Company's
management.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion based on our audits. In
our opinion, the financial statement schedule referred to above, when considered
in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole,  presents fairly
in all material respects the information set forth therein.

We also consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements
(Form  S-8 Nos.  33-9293,  33-11154,  33-15271,  33-18602,  33-25860,  33-28505,
33-33344,  33-38220, 33-51129, 33-56577,  333-01459,  333-09867,  333-34543, and
333-34651)  pertaining to the 1982  Incentive  Stock Option Plan, the Restricted
Stock Plan, the 1984 Employee  Stock  Purchase Plan, as amended,  the 1987 Stock
Option Plan,  the 1988 Director  Stock Option Plan, the 1989 French Stock Option
Plan, the 1990 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, the 1990 Long-Term Equity Incentive
Plan, the Equity  Compensation  Acquisition Plan of Sun Microsystems,  Inc., and
the U.S.  Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan and in the related Prospectus
of our report dated July 16, 1997,  with respect to the  consolidated  financial
statements  incorporated  herein by  reference  and our report  included  in the
preceding paragraph with respect to the financial statement schedule included in
this Annual Report (Form 10-K) of Sun Microsystems, Inc.


                                                  Ernst & Young LLP

Palo Alto, California
September 25, 1997



                                       31


<TABLE> <S> <C>

       
<ARTICLE>                     5
<MULTIPLIER>                               1000
<S>                       <C>            
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          JUN-30-1997
<PERIOD-START>                             JUL-01-1996
<PERIOD-END>                               JUN-30-1997
<PERIOD-TYPE>             12-MOS
<CASH>                                     660,170
<SECURITIES>                               452,590
<RECEIVABLES>                            1,666,523
<ALLOWANCES>                               196,091
<INVENTORY>                                437,978
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                         3,728,450
<PP&E>                                     799,893
<DEPRECIATION>                             858,448
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                           4,697,274
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                    1,849,038
<BONDS>                                     39,930
                            0
                                      0
<COMMON>                                       288
<OTHER-SE>                               2,741,649
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>             4,697,274
<SALES>                                  8,598,346
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                         8,598,346
<CGS>                                    4,320,460
<TOTAL-COSTS>                            7,751,828
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                 0
<LOSS-PROVISION>                            19,940
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                           7,455
<INCOME-PRETAX>                          1,121,207
<INCOME-TAX>                               358,787
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                        762,420
<DISCONTINUED>                                   0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                  0
<CHANGES>                                        0
<NET-INCOME>                               762,420
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                 1.96
<EPS-DILUTED>                                 1.96
        

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission